Tektronix Marine Radio Csa 803C Users Manual
CSA 803C to the manual 4da81e7a-3b06-4c79-b5bd-7e57ba1639c4
2015-02-03
: Tektronix Tektronix-Marine-Radio-Csa-803C-Users-Manual-463887 tektronix-marine-radio-csa-803c-users-manual-463887 tektronix pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 280
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Service Manual
CSA 803C
Communications Signal Analyzer
070-9974-01
Warning
The servicing instructions are for use by qualified
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to
do so. Refer to all safety summaries prior to
performing service.
Copyright © Tektronix, Inc. All rights reserved.
Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication supercedes
that in all previously published material. Specifications and price change privileges reserved.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Tektronix, Inc., P.O. Box 1000, Wilsonville, OR 97070–1000
TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.
!
"
"
"
!
!
" "
!
! "
"
!
!
"
"
!
"
! "
"
" " "
"
!
" "
!
"
EC Declaration of Conformity
We
Tektronix Holland N.V.
Marktweg 73A
8444 AB Heerenveen
The Netherlands
declare under sole responsibility that the
CSA 803C Communications Signal Analyzer
meets the intent of Directive 89/336/EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility and Low
Voltage Directive 73/23/ECC for Product Safety. Compliance was demonstrated to the
following specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities:
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC:
EN 55011
Class A Radiated and Conducted Emissions
EN 50082-1 Immunity:
IEC 801-2
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
IEC 801-3
RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity
IEC 801-4
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
IEC 801-5
Power Line Surge Immunity
Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC:
EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control, and laboratory use
Tektronix, Inc. claims compliance to the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC for the following
products when they are used with the above named product:
SD-20
SD-22
SD-24
SD-26
SD-30
SD-32
SD-42
SD-46
SD-51
Declaration of Conformity
with Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards
as Required under the Radiocommunications Act
We
Tektronix, Inc.
of
Tektronix Australia Pty Limited
80 Waterloo Road
North Ryde NSW 2113
Supplier Code: N60
declare under sole responsibility that the
CSA 803C Communications Signal Analyzer
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standards:
AS/NZS 2064.1/2 Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Equipment: 1992
Tektronix, Inc. claims conformity to the standards for the following products when they
are used with the above named product:
SD-20
SD-22
SD-24
SD-26
SD-30
SD-32
SD-42
SD-46
SD-51
Product
Support
For applicationĆoriented questions about a Tektronix measurement
product, call toll free in North America:
1Ć800ĆTEKĆWIDE (1Ć800Ć835Ć9433 ext. 2400)
6:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. Pacific time
Or, contact us by eĆmail:
tm_app_supp@tek.com
For product support outside of North America, contact your local
Tektronix distributor or sales office.
Service
Support
Contact your local Tektronix distributor or sales office. Or, visit our web
site for a listing of worldwide service locations.
http://www.tek.com
For other
information
In North America:
1Ć800ĆTEKĆWIDE (1Ć800Ć835Ć9433)
An operator will direct your call.
To write us
Tektronix, Inc.
P.O. Box 1000
Wilsonville, OR 97070Ć1000
i
ii
Table of Contents
Contacting Tektronix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i
General Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xvii
Service Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xix
Sampling Head Installation and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Cord Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Backup Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging for Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2Ć2
2Ć4
2Ć5
2Ć6
2Ć6
2Ć7
System Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3Ć3
Acquisition System Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strobe Distribution Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Base/Controller Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger Select Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Processor Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Management Unit Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Waveform Memory Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Waveform Compressor and Display Control Block . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Waveform Processing Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3Ć3
3Ć3
3Ć3
3Ć3
3Ć4
3Ć4
3Ć4
3Ć5
3Ć5
3Ć5
3Ć6
3Ć6
Specifications
Operating Information
Theory of Operation
CSA 803C Service Manual
iii
Table of Contents
iv
Block Diagram Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3Ć7
A1 M/F Strobe Drive Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$7$ 8))(56
''5(66 $7&+
81&7,21 (&2'(5
17(51$/ /2&. $7( (1(5$725
21752/ 8))(5
A3 M/F Power Connect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A4 Regulator Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#2/7$*(=$8/7 (7(&7
A5 Time Base/Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,&52352&(6625
(025;
!5,**(5
!,0( $6(
&48,6,7,21 ;67(0 17(5)$&(
(025; $1$*(0(17 "1,7 " 17(5)$&(
A7 CRT Socket Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(' 5((1 $1' /8( #,'(2 03/,),(56
(' 5((1 $1' /8( '-8670(176
219(5*(1&( '-8670(17
A8 CRT Driver Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,<217$/ :((3
#(57,&$/ :((3
,*+ #2/7$*( $1' 5,' #2/7$*( (1(5$725
(*$866
($0 855(17 ,0,7
5,' ,$6
A9, A10, and A11 Front Panel Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
!28&+ $1(/ $-25 (18 (;6 $1' (18 7$786 6
!28&+ $1(/ 66(0%/;
5217 $1(/ 21752/ 2$5'
5217 $1(/ 87721 2$5'
A12 Rear Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$7$ $1' ''5(66 86
7$1'$5' =
= 21752//(5
5,17(5 257
A13 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A14 Input/Output (I/O) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$7$ 8))(5
(/$;(' $7$ 8))(5
!,0(5 21),*85$7,21
($/ !,0( /2&.
(5,$/ $7$ 17(5)$&(
!21( (1(5$725
!(03!21( ($'%$&. 8))(5
3Ć7
=
=
=
=
=
3Ć8
3Ć8
=
3Ć9
=
=
=
=
=
=
3Ć12
=
=
=
3Ć13
=
=
=
=
=
=
3Ć14
=
=
=
=
3Ć16
=
=
=
3Ć18
3Ć18
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Contents
Table of Contents
A15 Memory Management Unit (MMU) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"$7()13/
,42.$: 05(3)$&(
,/( $4(10531..(3 05(3)$&(
9(&65,7( 31&(4413 # 05(3)$&(
,42.$:
,&31231&(4413
,5 $2
"$7()13/ ,42.$:
!,'(1 ,*,5$.;51;0$.1* 107(35(3
A17 Executive Processor Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9(&65,7( 31&(4413 #
6/(3,& 1231&(4413
64 10531..(3
(4(5
"$,5 5$5(
05(33625 10531..(34
10531..(3
A18 Memory Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
''3(44 $5&+(4
''3(44 (&1'( $0' (/13: (.(&5
4 $0' !
(/13: $5$ 6))(34
"$,5 5$5( (0(3$513
"$,5 5$5( ,$*0145,&4
(/13: 10),*63$5,10 ($'%$&-
$55(3: $&-62
A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
531%( (04( (.(&5
531%( (4-(8
6))(3 $0' (7(. +,)5
A20/A21 Head Interconnect (Power Only) Boards . . . . . . . . . .
A22/A23 Head Interconnect Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A27 & A28 Acquisition System Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31*3$//$%.( $,0 /2.,),(34
107(35(34
($463(/(05 $3'8$3(
,/,0* $0' $/2.,0* ($' 10531.
+$3('
,/( $4(10531..(3 05(3)$&(
,&31231&(4413
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć20
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
3Ć22
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
3Ć24
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
3Ć26
;
;
;
3Ć27
3Ć27
3Ć27
3Ć28
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
v
# & &%+ %+*
) &)$% )! !+!&%
vi
*+ (,!'$ %+
*+ &)
*!% * )& ,) *
Conventions in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menu Selections and Measurement Techniques . . . . . . . . . . .
User Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
4Ć11
4Ć11
4Ć11
) &)$% *+*
1
&- )1%
! %&*+!*
Setup to Invoke PowerĆOn Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Invoke PowerĆOn Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SelfĆTest Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerĆOn Diagnostics Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$'#!% *
Setup to Calibrate a Sampling Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Calibrate a Sampling Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.+ %
! %&*+!*
Setup to Invoke Extended Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Invoke Extended Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
)+!# ) % &#+
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Check Vertical Reference Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Check Vertical Reference Voltage . . . . . . . . . . .
&)!0&%+# ) % #&"
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Check Horizontal Reference Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Check Horizontal Reference Clock . . . . . . . . . .
)+!# ,)/
Setup to Check Vertical Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Check Vertical Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Check Offset Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Check Offset Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
/*+ $ )+!# &!*
Setup to Examine Vertical RMS Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine Vertical RMS Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- ' + ,)/
Setup to Examine Sweep Rate Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine Sweep Rate Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Rate Accuracy 2 ns/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Rate Accuracy 1 ns/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Rate Accuracy 100 ps/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Rate Accuracy 10 ps/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweep Rate Accuracy 1 ps/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
4Ć14
4Ć14
4Ć15
4Ć15
4Ć16
1
4Ć17
4Ć17
1
4Ć19
4Ć19
1
4Ć21
4Ć21
4Ć21
1
4Ć23
4Ć23
4Ć23
1
4Ć25
4Ć25
4Ć28
4Ć28
1
4Ć31
4Ć31
1
4Ć34
4Ć34
4Ć35
4Ć36
4Ć36
4Ć36
4Ć37
&%+ %+*
Table of Contents
Triggering, External Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Check Prescaler Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Check Prescaler Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prescaler Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Check Prescaler Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Check Prescaler Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine Internal Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine Internal Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrator Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine Calibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine Calibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4Ć39
4Ć41
4Ć41
4Ć41
4Ć41
4Ć41
4Ć41
4Ć41
4Ć43
4Ć43
4Ć43
4Ć43
4Ć45
4Ć45
4Ć45
4Ć45
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using These Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conventions in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menu Selections and Measurement Techniques . . . . . . . . . . .
User Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine/Adjust Voltage Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine/Adjust Voltage Reference . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine/Adjust Regulator Reference . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine/Adjust Regulator Reference . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine/Adjust the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine/Adjust the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup to Examine/Adjust Real Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure to Examine/Adjust Real Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . .
5Ć3
5Ć6
5Ć6
5Ć6
5Ć6
5Ć7
5Ć7
5Ć7
5Ć7
5Ć9
5Ć9
5Ć11
5Ć11
5Ć13
5Ć13
5Ć14
5Ć14
5Ć20
5Ć20
5Ć20
5Ć20
Adjustment
CSA 803C Service Manual
vii
Table of Contents
Maintenance
viii
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć1
Removing the Cabinet Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Electrical Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć1
6Ć2
6Ć2
6Ć2
6Ć3
6Ć3
6Ć3
Corrective Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć5
Power Supply Voltage Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StaticĆSensitive Device Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing and Replacing FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical LockĆOn of the Front Panel ON/STANDBY
Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Module Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Motor Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition Unit Removal/ Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Disposal and First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency and First Aid Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Board and Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 M/F Strobe Drive Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A3 M/F Power Connect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A4 Regulator Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A5 Time Base/Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A7 CRT Socket Board and A8 CRT Driver Board . . . . . . . . . .
A9 Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A10 Front Panel Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A11 Front Panel Button Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A12 Rear Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A13 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A14 Input/Output (I/O) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A15 Memory Management Unit (MMU) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A17 Executive Processor (EXP) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A18 Memory Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A20/A21 Head Interconnect (Power Only) and
A22/A23 Head lnterconnect Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A26 M/F Acquisition lnterconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A27 Acquisition Analog Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A28 Acquisition MPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć5
6Ć5
6Ć6
6Ć8
6Ć13
6Ć16
6Ć19
6Ć20
6Ć26
6Ć27
6Ć27
6Ć28
6Ć29
6Ć31
6Ć32
6Ć33
6Ć35
6Ć37
6Ć40
6Ć42
6Ć44
6Ć45
6Ć47
6Ć49
6Ć51
6Ć53
6Ć55
6Ć57
6Ć59
6Ć62
6Ć64
6Ć65
Contents
Table of Contents
CSA 803C Service Manual
FRU IC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#/' ) 1 +1#/$ !# +1#%/ 1#" '/!2'10 7 ) *8 !( 0
'/*4 /# +1#%/ 1#" '/!2'10 72 ) +8'+# !( %# 0
'/*4 /# -%/ "# /,!#"2/#
Cables and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interconnecting Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, 5' )8 6-# +"8# " ,++#!1,/0
2)1'8'+ ,++#!1,/0
Checks After FRU Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć66
8
8
8
6Ć75
6Ć75
8
8
6Ć77
Diagnostic Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć79
Diagnostics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kernel Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SelfĆTest/Extended Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0 #+2 1/2!12/#
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0 //,/ +"#5 ,"#0
Diagnostic Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
' %+,01'! #+2 /"!,-6
Diagnostic Terminal Mode (RSĆ232ĆC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Mode (GPIB & RSĆ232ĆC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clearing NVRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*# /#3' 1',+0
,*-,+#+1 +" ,"2)# *# /#3' 1',+0
5#!21'3# 2 0601#* //,/ ,"#0
'0-) 6 2 0601#* //,/ +"#5 ,"#0
'*# 0# /,!#00,/ //,/ +"#5 ,"#0
!.2'0'1',+ /,!#00,/ //,/ +"#5 ,"#0
6Ć79
6Ć80
6Ć81
8
8
6Ć84
8
6Ć86
6Ć87
6Ć89
6Ć90
6Ć90
8
8
8
8
8
8
Other Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć101
Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,"2)# /,2 )#0&,,1'+%
A4 Regulator Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CRT, A7 CRT Socket Board, or A8 CRT Driver Board . . . . . . .
,"2)# /,2 )#0&,,1'+%
A13 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Base Calibration Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition Calibration Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć101
8
6Ć101
6Ć102
8
6Ć102
6Ć103
6Ć106
6Ć108
ix
! !
!
! " ! !
#
!
$
$
!
! !
! !
!
x
$
!
!
!
! !
$
$
! !
+)74' >= #/2.+0) '#& 1/2#46/'065 +0 6*'
1//70+%#6+105 +)0#. 0#.;<'4
+)74' > = 19'4>14& .7) &'06+(+%#6+10
>
>
+)74'
>= 4+))'4 &)' .'9 #6' (14 +)* 4'37'0%; '.'%6+10
>
+)74' >=
%37+5+6+10 06'4%100'%6 1#4& '56 1+06
1%#6+105
+)74' > = +/' #5'10641..'4 1#4& '56 1+06 1%#6+105
>
>
+)74' >= '/14; 1#4& '56 1+06 1%#6+105
+)74' > = 10641. '%6+(+'4 1#4& '56 1+06 #0&
&,756/'06 1%#6+105
+)74' >
= ')7.#614 1#4& '56 1+06 #0& &,756/'06
1%#6+105
+)74' > = 4+8'4 1#4& &,756/'06 1%#6+105
+)74' > = 1%-'6 1#4& &,756/'06 1%#6+105
+)74' >
= 1#4& '56 1+06 #0& &,756/'06 1%#6+105
+)74'
>=+'.& '2.#%'#$.' !0+65 ! 1%#614
+)74'
> = '/18+0) 6*' 19'4 722.; 1&7.' #0 175+0)
#0& '#4 #0'. 100'%614 .#6'
+)74'
>
= 10641. '%6+(+'4 1#4& 100'%614 1%#6+105
+)74'
> = '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 18'4
+)74'
> = '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' #6*1&' #; 7$'
+)74'
>
= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 14: '#& %4'95
+)74'
>= 12 "+'9 1( 6*' #4& #)'
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 641$' 4+8' 1#4&
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' ')7.#614 1#4&
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' +/' #5'10641..'4
1#4&
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 1%-'6 1#4&
+)74'
> = '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 4+8'4 1#4&
+)74'
>
= 17%* #0'. 55'/$.; 14: '#& %4'95
+)74'
> = '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 17%* #0'. 55'/$.;
+)74'
> = '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 4106 #0'.
10641. 1#4&
+)74'
>
= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 4106 #0'.
76610 1#4&
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' '#4 #0'. 55'/$.;
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*'
16*'4 1#4&
+)74'
>= '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' 1#4&
+)74'
> = '/18+0) '2.#%+0) 6*' ! 1#4&
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
xi
xii
Figure 6Ć21:ăRemoving/Replacing the A17 Executive Processor
Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć22:ăRemoving/Replacing the A18 Memory Board . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć23:ăRemoving/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer
Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć24:ăRemoving/Replacing the A20/A21 Head Interconnect
(Power Only) and the A22/A23 Head Interconnect Boards . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć25:ăRemoving/Replacing the Front Subpanel Assembly . . .
Figure 6Ć26:ăRemoving/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć27:ăTop View of the A26 Mainframe Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć28:ăRemoving/Replacing the A27 Acquisition
Analog Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć29:ăRemoving/Replacing the A28 Acquisition MPU Board .
Figure 6Ć30:ăFRU IC Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć31:ăIC InsertionĆExtraction Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć32:ăMultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć33:ăA17 Executive Processor Board Test Point and
Status LED Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć34:ăA15 MMU Board Test Point and Status
LED Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć35:ăA5 Time Base/Controller Board Status LEDs . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć36:ăA28 Acquisition MPU Board Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć37:ăA14 I/O Board Fuse Locator Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć98
6Ć99
6Ć100
6Ć105
Figure 7Ć1:ăPowerĆCord Plug Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7Ć2
Figure 9Ć1:ăCSA 803C System Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć2:ăA1 M/F Strobe Drive Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć3:ăA4 Regulator Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć4:ăA5 Time Base/Controller Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć5:ăA7 CRT Socket Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć6:ăA8 CRT Driver Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć7:ăA12 Rear Panel Assembly Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć8:ăA14 I/O Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć9:ăA15 MMU Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć10:ăA17 Executive Processor Board Block Diagram . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć11:ăA18 Memory Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć12:ăA19 Strobe/TDR Buffer Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć13:ăA26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect Board Block
Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć14:ăA27 Acquisition Analog Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . .
Figure 9Ć15:ăA28 Acquisition MPU Board Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . .
9Ć1
9Ć1
9Ć2
9Ć2
9Ć2
9Ć3
9Ć3
9Ć4
9Ć4
9Ć4
9Ć5
9Ć5
6Ć54
6Ć56
6Ć58
6Ć60
6Ć61
6Ć62
6Ć63
6Ć64
6Ć65
6Ć68
6Ć71
6Ć74
6Ć94
9Ć5
9Ć6
9Ć6
Figure 10Ć1:ăCabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10Ć2:ăFront Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10Ć3:ăChassis, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10Ć4:ăCircuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10Ć5:ăAcquisition Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10Ć6:ăPower Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10Ć7:ăAccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10Ć7
10Ć9
10Ć11
10Ć13
10Ć16
10Ć18
10Ć20
xiii
xiv
!",%:<;%!352%-%.4 )-)43 0%#)&)#!4)/.3 $*534-%.43
!.$ 5.#4)/.!, %343
<
!",%:<;/7%2</2$ /.$5#4/2 $%.4)&)#!4)/.
<
!",%: <;%!352%-%.4 )-)43 0%#)&)#!4)/.3 !.$ 5.#4)/.!,
%343
!",%: <; %34 15)0-%.4
!",%: <; /,4!'% /52#% %44).'3
!",%: < ; %24)#!, &&3%4 %34 !,5%3
!",%: <
; %.3)4)6)49 %44).'3
!",%: < ;2%3#!,%2 %34 %44).'3
<
<
<
<
<
<
!",%:
<;%!352%-%.4 )-)43 !.$ $*534-%.43
!",%:
<; %34 15)0-%.4
<
<
!",%: <; %,!4)6% 53#%04)"),)49 4/ !-!'% &2/- 4!4)# )3#(!2'%
!",%: <; %-/6!, %0,!#%-%.4 )'52% 2/33 %&%2%.#%
!",%: <;-%2'%.#9 2/#%$52%3 &/2 /.4!#4 7)4( !44%29 /,6%.4
!",%: < ;(%#+3 %15)2%$ &4%2 %0,!#%-%.4
!",%: <
;84%.$%$ )!'./34)#3 22/2 .$%8 /$% %3#2)04)/.3
!",%: < ; 934%- /$% /--!.$3
!",%: < ;6%.4 /$% %3#2)04)/.3
!",%: <
;/!2$ 3
!",%: <;/-0/.%.4 /$5,% 3
!",%: <;8%#54)6% 2/#%33/2 %2.%, 22/2 .$%8 /$%3
!",%: <;8%#54)6% 2/#%33/2 4!453 /.&)'52!4)/.
!",%: <;8%#54)6% 2/#%33/2 !.5!, %343
!",%: <;)30,!9 2/#%33/2 %2.%, 22/2 .$%8 /$%3
!",%: < ;)30,!9 2/#%33/2 4!453 /.&)'52!4)/.
!",%: <
; )-% !3% 2/#%33/2 %2.%, 22/2 .$%8 /$%3
!",%: < ;#15)3)4)/. 2/#%33/2 %2.%, 22/2 .$%8 /$%3
!",%: < ; /!2$ 53% !),52%3
!",%: <
; )-% !3% !,)"2!4)/. 22/23
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
!",%: <;/7%2</2$ /.$5#4/2 $%.4)&)#!4)/.
<
!",%:<;/!2$ 3
<
xv
xvi
Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to
this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this
product only as specified.
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.
While using this product, you may need to access other parts of the system. Read
the General Safety Summary in other system manuals for warnings and cautions
related to operating the system.
To Avoid Fire or
Personal Injury
Use Proper Power Cord. Use only the power cord specified for this product and
certified for the country of use.
Use Proper Voltage Setting. Before applying power, ensure that the line selector is
in the proper position for the power source being used.
Connect and Disconnect Properly. Do not connect or disconnect probes or test
leads while they are connected to a voltage source.
Ground the Product. This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
of the power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding conductor must be
connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the input or output
terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly grounded.
Observe All Terminal Ratings. To avoid fire or shock hazard, observe all ratings
and markings on the product. Consult the product manual for further ratings
information before making connections to the product.
Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels
removed.
Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.
Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components
when power is present.
Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this
product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.
Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.
Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry.
Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for
details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.
xvii
Symbols and Terms
Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:
WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result
in injury or loss of life.
CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in
damage to this product or other property.
Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:
DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product.
Symbols on the Product. The following symbols may appear on the product:
WARNING
High VoltĆ
age
xviii
Protective
Ground (Earth)
Terminal
CAUTION
Refer to Manual
Double
Insulated
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. Read this Service
Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service
procedures.
Do Not Service Alone. Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this
product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is
present.
Disconnect Power. To avoid electric shock, disconnect the mains power by means
of the power cord or, if provided, the power switch.
Use Caution When Servicing the CRT. To avoid electric shock or injury, use
extreme caution when handling the CRT. Only qualified personnel familiar with
CRT servicing procedures and precautions should remove or install the CRT.
CRTs retain hazardous voltages for long periods of time after power is turned off.
Before attempting any servicing, discharge the CRT by shorting the anode to
chassis ground. When discharging the CRT, connect the discharge path to ground
and then the anode. Rough handling may cause the CRT to implode. Do not nick
or scratch the glass or subject it to undue pressure when removing or installing it.
When handling the CRT, wear safety goggles and heavy gloves for protection.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On. Dangerous voltages or currents may
exist in this product. Disconnect power, remove battery (if applicable), and
disconnect test leads before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing
components.
To avoid electric shock, do not touch exposed connections.
X-Radiation. To avoid x-radiation exposure, do not modify or otherwise alter the
high-voltage circuitry or the CRT enclosure. X-ray emissions generated within
this product have been sufficiently shielded.
xix
xx
Specifications
%&. ." /&+* ,-+1&!". .," &#& /&+*. #+- /"./&*$ *! !'0./&*$ 4+0-
"#"- /+ /%"
#+- $"*"- ( !". -&,/&+* +# /%"
% - /"-&./& "*1&-+*)"*/ ( *! 0."- .," &#& /&+*. +# /%"
(" 5 (&./. )" .0-")"*/ *! .," &#& /&+* 1 (0". "#"- /+ /%"
." /&+* #+- "-#+-) * " /"./ ,-+ "!0-". -"#"- /+ /%"
." /&+* #+- !'0./)"*/ ,-+ "!0-".
TableĂ1Ć1:ăMeasurement Limits, Specifications, Adjustments, and Functional Tests
Part and Description
Measurement
Limits (Examine)
Specifications
(Check)
Adjustments
(Adjust)
Functional
Tests
+2"-5* & $*+./& .
*+*"
*+*"
*+*"
4".
),(&*$ " !
*+*"
*+*"
*+*"
4".
3/"*!"! & $*+./& .
*+*"
*+*"
*+*"
4".
+2"- 0,,(4
*+
+(/ $" 0,,(4
/+
*+*"
*+*"
+(/ $" "#"-"* "
/+
*+*"
"#
#+-
"$0( /+- "#"-"* "
/+
*+*"
"#
#+-
0/+##
1&.& ("
*+*"
+*
/- *.#+-)"- +*
-&1"- + -!
0*/&( !&.,( 4
,," -.
*+
+*1"-$"* "
,-&) -4 +(+-. -" *+/
.", - /"! &* /%" 2%&/"
$-&!
*+*"
#++,/&)0)
+*1"-$"* " +#
-"! $-""* *!
(0"
*+
+ 0.
#+ 0."! $-&! , //"-*
*+*"
+*
*+
/- *.#+-)"- +*
-&1"- + -!
#+- +,/&)0) #+ 0.
+* 2%&/" $-&!
, //"-*
&.,( 4
CSA 803C Service Manual
1Ć1
Specifications
TableĂ1Ć1:ăMeasurement Limits, Specifications, Adjustments, and Functional Tests (Cont.)
Part and Description
Measurement
Limits (Examine)
Specifications
(Check)
Adjustments
(Adjust)
Functional
Tests
Vertical Size and
Position
align with tic marks
none
VERT SIZE, L321;
and VERT POS,
R311; for
optimum
alignment
no
Horizontal Size,
Linearity and
Position
align with tic marks and
for optimum
appearance
none
HĆSIZE, R501;
HĆLIN, R502; and
HĆPOS, R500, for
optimum
alignment and
linearity
no
Gray Scale
white at the top of the
display and gray at the
bottom, and the right
side of the display is
cut off
none
SCREEN, on
transformer on A8
CRT Driver board;
RED, R200;
GREEN, R201;
and BLUE, R203;
for cutoff and
color balance
no
Color Impurity
no severe color
impurities in red, green,
and blue display
none
cycle power on
and off
no
Real Time Clock
1,000,000 ms ±5 ms
none
Real Time Clock
for 1,000,000 ms
no
Vertical Reference Voltage
none
+5 V ±200 mV
and
-5 V ±200 mV
none
no
Horizontal Reference Clock
none
200,000 kHz
±5 kHz
none
no
Vertical Gain
none
±1.0% full scale
none
yes
Offset Accuracy
none
±2 mV
none
yes
Vertical Linearity
none
±1%
none
no
200 mV at 2 mV/div
500 mV at 5 mV/div
1 mV at 10 mV/div
632 mV at 20 mV/div
1.58 mV at 500 mV/div
3.16 mV at 100 mV/div
6.32 mV at 200 mV/div
none
none
yes
Display (Cont.)
Vertical Accuracy
System Vertical RMS Noise
1Ć2
Specifications
# "
&(
'"$! # #" # " $"# #" $ # "#" #
!#
"! #
"$! #
#" (Examine)
# "
(Check)
$"# #"
(Adjust)
$ #
"#"
Sweep Rate Accuracy
0.05% at 2 ns/div
0.08% at 1 ns/div
0.8% at 100 ps/div
2.5% at 10 ps/div
10% at 1 ps/div
none
none
yes
Triggering, External Direct
yes
300 MHz Sensitivity
100 mVpĆp at 300 MHz
100 mV stable
display
none
1000 MHz Sensitivity
100 mVpĆp at 1000 MHz
100 mV stable
display
none
3.0 GHz Sensitivity
100 mVpĆp at 3.0 GHz
100 mV stable
display
none
Prescaler Triggering
800 mVpĆp at 2 GHz
800 mV stable
display
none
ą ą
600 mVpĆp at 3 GHz
600 mV stable
display
none
ą ą
600 mVpĆp at 10 GHz
600 mV stable
display
none
Internal Clock
yes
Rise Time
≤2.5 ns
≤2.5 ns
none
Frequency
100 kHz ±3%
100 kHz ±3%
none
Duty Cycle
50% ±3%
50% ±3%
none
Calibrator Output
yes
Rise Time (typical)
250 ps
250 ps
none
PeakĆtoĆpeak Amplitude
250 mV ±10%
250 mV ±10%
none
!% $
yes
1Ć3
1Ć4
$ $
# &$ ) "& $#' !#$
% % $ # % $$#) %
%# & $ % % %
& % $
)*#
# & $ % $ !# # ) $ &! %# ! (#+ $%$
$ $%$ $ % !# $ % % #! & % '
%' $ % %% ) $%$ # $ % &$ %# $
% & %) $ % &$ % $%#&% $ !# ' %$ &+
% # ' #! % # ' % #! % %
& %) ($ & ( % # % &$# $%
'$ ! % $% % $ %$ $%#& %
#$%+% &$#$ # &# % # %
$ ( ! ) & # % $ & % $
%
$ $% % $ # % &% $% # ' $ !
!! ) ! (# !# !# '# % % $ $!! %
$%#& %
2Ć1
"
"
!""
$
! '! %! %
$% %
$( % %!
+
!# $% !# # !' $ " $
CAUTION
"&% !$ &$ % $ " $ # '#) $&$"% %! +
#! !'## ' $ $ !#
'! %$ #! %#!$%% $ #
'# "" ) '! % !&%$ % # "# % ! % #! % ! % $ "
"#% %
! ) $%% +! %#! ' #! %
! % % (# $% $%#" "#!' ( % %
%! %
$ $ !( &# + # %! %
!# !# !# % !
+# $ $ " $ $ %! ! ! % #! % " ! "#%+
%$ ! %
! & % ! $
)*# &# + $ !($
% #! % " ! %
! & % ! $
)*# %
!% ! $ ! % $ " ! "#% %$
PowerĆOnly
Sampling Head
Compartments
Acquisition
Sampling Head
Compartments
Antistatic
Connection
# (' " "! "
# " ! %&
2Ć2
"
"
!
!" !
#! !
CAUTION
!
#! ! !"
2Ć3
! ( ( '% # ##&,) -&+ *& ) # * "*! (
&(
. *&
. %&$"%# )+''#- )&+( ! #"%
+) ") +) &( &*! % &' (*"&%
WARNING
GROUNDING. For electric shock protection, make the grounding
connection before making any connection to the instrument's input
or output terminals. This instrument is safety Class 1 equipment
(IEC designation). All accessible conductive parts are directly
connected through the grounding conductor of the power cord to
the grounded (earth) contact of the power plug.
Any interruption of the grounding connection can create an electriĆ
cal shock hazard. The power input plug must be inserted only in a
mating receptacle with a grounding contact where earth ground
has been verified by a qualified service person. Do not defeat the
grounding connection.
WARNING
AC POWER SOURCE AND CONNECTION. An improper voltage
supply can damage the instrument. The instrument operates from a
singleĆphase power source. It has a threeĆwire power cord and
twoĆpole, threeĆterminal grounding type plug. The voltage to
ground (earth) from either pole of the power source must not
exceed the maximum rated operating voltage, 250 V.
Before making connection to the power source, check that the LINE
VOLTAGE SELECTOR is set to match the voltage of the power
source and has a suitable twoĆpole, threeĆterminal groundingĆtype
plug.
2Ć4
Operating Information
Power Cord
Information
%$,' $' , ) %%'$%' ) %!* $# *') $# ( (*%%! , )
#()'*"#) ! . $,'. $' $#*)$' #) ) $# +( ) $!$'.
$ # $ ) $#*)$'( # ) %$,' $' -$* '&* ' %$,' $'
$) ' ) # ) $# (*%%! ' ' )$
*' . $,'. $' !* #) .
) $#
TableĂ2Ć1:ăPowerĆCord Conductor Identification
Conductor
Color
Alternate Color
# '$*# #
'$,#
!
'$*# *)'!
)
!*
)
'$*# ')
'#!!$,
'#
Standard*
North American
115V
Option A1
Universal Euro
230V
Option A4*
North American
230V
Option A5
Switzerland
230V
Option A2
UK
230V
Option 1A*
North American
115V/High Power
Option A3
Australian
230V
Option 1B
North American
3ĆPhase
* Canadian Standards Association certification
includes these power plugs for use in the
North American power network
Figure 2Ć2:ăPowerĆCord Plug Identification
CSA 803C Service Manual
2Ć5
Operating Information
Memory Backup
Power
There are four batteries within the instrument that allow the retention of
volatile memory upon loss of the AC power source. These selfĆcontained
power sources provide memory backup power to retain the following:
H
frontĆpanel settings
H
stored settings
H
stored waveforms
H
Time & Date parameters
H
some of the Time Base Cal Constants (these are regenerated automatiĆ
cally if lost)
H
the number of hours of instrument onĆtime, number of powerĆon seĆ
quences, and instrument serial number
The batteries have a nominal shelf life of approximately five years.
Operating
Environment
The following environmental requirements are provided so that you can
ensure proper functioning and extend the operation of the instrument.
Operating Temperature
The instrument can be operated where the ambient air temperature is beĆ
tween 0_ C and +50_ C and can be stored in ambient temperatures from
-40_ C to +75_ C. After storage at temperatures outside the operating
limits, allow the chassis to reach the safe operating temperature before
applying power.
Ventilation Requirements
The fan draws air through the side panels of the instrument and blows air
out through the rear to cool the instrument. To ensure that this cooling
process occurs properly, allow at least two inches clearance on both sides
and the rear of the instrument. The top and bottom of the instrument do not
require ventilation clearance.
CAUTION
2Ć6
Operating Information
Operating Information
Packaging for
Shipment
( "'(&)!"( ' (# ' $$ #& #" '("' - #!!& (&"'.
$#&(( #" ( ' #) $ " ( #& " !""& &(#" "
$ " !(& " + -#)& "'(&)!"( +' ' $$ ' #) '*
" )' #& ( ' $)&$#'
'# ( "'(&)!"( ' (# ' $$ (# (&#" , '&* "(& #&
'&* #& &$ & (( ( (# ( "'(&)!"( ' #+ " ( # #+ "
#+"& # ( "'(&)!"( + ( &''
"! # $&'#" (# #"(( ( -#)& &!
#!$ ( "'(&)!"( (-$ " '& ")!&
$#'' )&" ' #!$ ( '-'(! &!+& *&' #"' ' '$ - "
( Instrument Options $#$.)$ !") ' ( &#! (
! #&
!")
'& $( #" # ( '&* &%) &
( #& " $ " ' )" ( #& )' #& "#( * $ ( "'(&).
!"( ' # #+'
ăStep 1:ă( " #&&)( &#& ' $$ " &(#" + (
.$#)" ('( '(&"( " * " "' !"' #"' ( '( ' , ".
' &(& ( " ( "'(&)!"( !"' #"' ' #+' #& )' #" "
ăStep 2:ă&$ ( "'(&)!"( + ( $# -( - " ' ( " #& %) * "(
!(& (# $&#(( ( " '
ăStep 3:ă )' #" ( "'(&)!"( #" ' ' - ( ( - $ " )""
#& )&( " #! (+" ( &(#" " ( "'(&)!"( #+ " ( &
" ' #" '
ăStep 4:ă ( &(#" + ( ' $$ " ($ #& + ( " ")'(& '($ &
ăStep 5:ă& ( &'' # -#)& # (&#" , '&* "(& " -#)&
&()&" &'' #" ( &(#" " #" #& !#& $&#! ""( #( #"'
CSA 803C Service Manual
2Ć7
2Ć8
!
# &.,*)$2
$- #$"#5, -*'/.$*) *((/)$ .$*)- $") '
) '345
, *((* .$)" /+ .* !*/, $)+/. # )) '- .#,*/"# .# / '5 # )) '
- (+'$)" # - $.# .# 5 (+'$)" !*/, # )) '- *!
-$)"' 5 ) *, .1* # )) '- *! $!! , ).$ ' , 0 $' ' - 1 ''
./, - $) '/
-1
+ , . - , )"$)" !,*(
(- $0$-$*) .* +- $0
/.*- . .* +,*0$ -/$. '3 %/-. $-+' 3 !*, 0$ 1$)" ) !/,.# ,
( )/ ' %/-.( ).
1$) *1- !*, 0$ 1$)" 2+ ) - .$*)- *! .,
- '!5. -.- .* --/, *).$)/*/- /, 3 *! 1 0 !*,( . ) ( -/, 5
( ).-
$"$. ' 1 0 !*,( -.*, " ) $-+' 3
*)5 * , ( -/, ( ). + $'$.$ -
( )/5 ,$0 ) .*/ #5- ,
55 ) $). ,! -
) *+ , .$*)
#$- - .$*) # - .1* ( $) -/ - .$*)-
! - ,$ - .# ( %*, !/) .$*) ' '* &- *!
.#
) +, - ).- .3+$ ' 1 0 !*,( +,* --$)" 3 '
$- /-- - .# $) $0$ / ' * , - $) .#
3Ć1
3Ć2
System Functional Overview
!+ + ,!'& +*! + , %"'* -&,!'&$ $'#+ ' ,
+
! -* 2
Acquisition System
Block
'&,!&+ &
)-!+!,!'& +1+, % / ! +-(('*,+ ,/' -$2
&& $ +%($!& + & '&,!&+ ,/' , )-!+!,!'& & % +-* 2
% &, && $+
!,!'&$$1 ,/' ('/ *2'&$1 +$',+ * (*'.!
!& ,
)-!+!,!'& +1+, % +-(('*,+ '-* !&(-, && $+ ,/' -$2 && $
+ & '&,!&+ '&$1 ,/' % +-* % &, && $+ , '-* !&(-, &2
& $+ * %-$,!($ 0 !&,' , ,/' % +-* % &, && $+ , *'- & &$'
%-$,!($ 0 * !, * '& ' , +%($!& !&(-, && $+ & !& ( &2
&,$1 '&& , ,' !, * ' , + ,/' % +-* % &, && $+
. *$ $!*,!'& +! &$+ * $+' +-(($! ,' %-$,!($ 0 * $, '-
, + +! &$+ * -+ '&$1 '* + $ 2, +,+ & ! &'+,!+
Strobe Distribution
Block
,*' !+,*!-,!'& $'# ,+ + & !&, * ,/ & , !% +
'&,*'$$ * & ,
)-!+!,!'& +1+, %+
Time Base/Controller
Block
!% + '&,*'$$ * $'# !+ '%(*!+ ' , '$$'/!& !*-!,+
Trigger Select Block
CSA 803C Service Manual
!% + '&,*'$$ * & *, + +,*' (-$+ , , !+ * & *, 1
, ,*' !+,*!-,!'& $'# ,' *!. $$ , +%($!& + !& (*$$ $
%!*'(*' ++'* /!, $'$
&
, ,!% + & ,*! * !*-!,+
!&, * + ,' , % %'*1 %& % &, -&!, &
)-!+!,!'&
+1+, %+
*! * $ , $'# + $ ,+ , +!* ,*! * +! &$ ,' + &, ,' ,
!% + '&,*'$$ * $'#
3Ć3
System Functional Overview
Executive Processor
Block
After the user requests an operation (with a front panel control for instance),
the Executive Processor (EXP) directs the CSA 803C to perform this operaĆ
tion. Another primary function of the EXP is to execute diagnostic SelfĆTests
on the instrument when poweringĆon or at the user's request. To control
operations, the EXP controls and monitors the other circuit boards sharing
the executive system bus. Through the executive bus boards, the EXP also
indirectly controls all other instrument boards. The EXP generates comĆ
mands and status signals to control onĆboard devices and I/O devices, such
as GPIB and RSĆ232ĆC interfaces, that help process data and help control
the rest of the instrument.
Memory Management
Unit Block
The memory management unit (MMU) arbitrates requests for access to the
Waveform Memory from the following three sources:
the EXP
the Time Base/Controller
the display system
This arbitration allows all three systems transparent access to the Waveform
Memory.
Waveform Memory
Block
Waveform Memory is shared among the following processors:
the EXP
the Display
the Time Base/Controller
While the main function of the Waveform Memory is the storage of waveform
data and waveform related information, the shared memory is also used to
pass messages between the Executive, Display, and Time Base/Controller
processors. Eventually, all acquired waveforms are transferred from the
Acquisition system memory to the Waveform Memory for display.
3Ć4
Theory of Operation
System Functional Overview
Front Panel Controls
User control of the CSA 803C is primarily through the following three front
panel controls:
the frontĆpanel majorĆmenu buttons
the touch panel
the multifunction knobs
The major menu buttons are the top level menu selections for the instruĆ
ment. Touching an icon, menu item, or waveform selects that particular icon,
menu item, or waveform, respectively. The multifunction knobs control the
function of the particular item that is selected.
I/O Block
The I/O block provides a GPIB port, RSĆ232ĆC port, and a PRINTER port for
interfacing various I/O devices to the instrument.
Waveform
Compressor and
Display Control Block
The display subsystem provides all visual output to the user. This includes
not only data output such as waveform traces, graticules, axes, and annotaĆ
tion, but displays supporting the human interface as well (which includes
menus, labeling for touch panel input, and an interactive output to assist in
operating the system; that is, the current modeĆsetting information).
The CSA 803C uses a custom vertical rasterĆscan display that provides
excellent resolution for both waveform display and text. The display system
produces the display by the following:
1. transferring waveform data from the Waveform Memory
2. compressing it into 512 horizontal pixels
3. converting it to a format compatible with the vertical rasterĆscan display
The Waveform Compressor takes waveforms with more than 512 data points
and compresses these points into 512 groups. For example, for a 1024Ćpoint
waveform, each group would contain two points; for 2048Ćpoint waveforms,
each group would contain four points. The Waveform Compressor finds the
largest and smallest vertical value in a group of points and then draws a
vector between the maximum and minimum Ċ even in dots" mode. The
only difference between dots and vectors is that in vector mode the vectors
are extended vertically to meet the vector on the next scan line.
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć5
!-*
34*6&8*7 +631 *.8-*6 & " 36
" 231.2&0 0.2* :308&,*
7396(* &8 & 0.2* +6*59*2(< '*8;**2 = &2) = !-* " !
! 7;.8(- &003;7 7*0*(8.32 3+ 0.2* .24987 3+ " 83
"
36 " 83 "
440< 43;*6 83 8-* .278691*28 &7 +3003;7
!962 8-* 6*&6 4&2*0 # 7;.8(- 83
!962 8-* +6328 4&2*0 ! % 7;.8(- 83
71&00 ,6**2 .2).(&836 0&14 7-390) 0.,-8 .2).(&8.2, 8-* 43;*6 .7 32
!-* +3003;.2, .7 & '6.*+ 3:*6:.*; 3+ -3; 8-*
&(59.6*7 463(*77*7
&2) ).740&<7 & ;&:*+361 +631 8-* .2498 (-&22*07
2&03, .2498 7.,2&07 &6* (322*(8*) 83 8-* 7&140.2, -*&) .24987
!-* !.1* &7*3286300*6 '03(/ 463)9(*7 46*(.7*0< 8.1*) 7863'* 7.,2&07
'&7*) 32 8-* 86.,,*6 7.,2&0
!-*7* 7863'* 7.,2&07 &6* ).786.'98*) 83 8-* 7&140.2, -*&) (-&22*07 &2)
.27869(8 8-* 7&140.2, -*&)7 ;-*2 83 8&/* 7&140*7 3+ 8-* .2498 7.,2&0
!-* (59.7.8.32 7<78*17 8&/* 8-* 398498 3+ 8-* 7&140.2, -*&)7 &140.+<
36 &88*29&8* 8-* 7.,2&07 &2) &440< &2< 3++7*8 '&7*) 32 8-* :*68.(&0 7.=*
&2) 437.8.32 (3286307
!-* 398498 3+ 8-* &140.+.*67 &6* &440.*) 83 &2&03,>83>).,.8&0 (32>
:*68*67 ;-.(- (32:*68 8-* 7&140*) :308&,*7 83 ).,.8&0 (3)*7 &2) 8-*2
7836* 8-*7* (3)*7 .2 8-* &(59.7.8.32 7<78*1 1*136<
2(* &00 8-* 7&140*7 .2 & ;&:*+361 -&:* '**2 &(59.6*) 8-* !.1*
&7*3286300*6 8-*2 86&27+*67 8-*7* 7&140*7 +631 8-* (59.7.8.32 7<7>
8*1 1*136< 83 8-* #&:*+361 *136< 8-639,- 8-* ;&:*+361 )&8&
).6*(8 1*136< &((*77
!-* $ 463(*77*7 .2+361&8.32 +631 8-* -91&2 .28*6+&(*7 8-&8 .7 8-*
1*297 .(327 '988327 &2) /23'7 8-&8 <39 .28*6&(8 ;.8- 83 (328630 8-*
37(.0037(34*
!-* $ 7*2)7 (311&2)7 83 8-* ).740&< 7<78*1 73 8-&8 8-* +92(8.32
8-&8 <39 7*0*(8*) .7 ).740&<*)
#-*2 .27869(8*) '< 8-* $ 8-* ).740&< 7<78*1 6*(*.:*7 8-* ;&:*+361
)&8& +631 ;&:*+361 1*136< &2) (32:*687 .8 83 & 92.59* :*68.(&0 6&78*6>
7(&2 +361&8 +36 & ).740&< '&7*) 32 <396 7*88.2,7
3Ć6
Block Diagram Descriptions
This section describes the CSA 803C detailed block (cabling) diagram and
the boardĆlevel block diagrams (see the section).
A1 M/F Strobe Drive
Board
The A1 M/F Strobe Drive board consists of the following circuits:
Data buffers circuitry
Address latch circuitry
Function decoder circuitry
Internal clock rate generator circuitry
Control buffers circuitry
See Figure 9Ć2 for a block diagram of this board.
Data Buffers
This circuit buffers the A5 Time Base/Controller board's address and data
buses with bidirectional buffers, and the A5 Time Base/Controller board's
control lines with octal buffers.
Address Latch
This circuit buffers and latches the address for the A5 Time Base/Controller
board to use.
Function Decoder
This circuit partially decodes this latched address and enables the data
buffers if the address is on this board or the A27 & A28 Acquisition system
boards (controlled through this board). The function decoder also selects
the appropriate direction of the data buffers to perform a read or write operaĆ
tion.
Internal Clock Rate Generator
This circuit is a 16Ćbit programmable counter that is tied to the ÷ 2 flipĆflop
that produces the square wave output. The overall division ratio of this block
can be programmed from 22 to 217. The internal clock rate generator is
programmed at powerĆon to provide a 100 kHz output given a 4 MHz input
on jumper J35.
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć7
!
This circuit buffers the control signals sent to the A1 M/F Strobe Drive board
from the A5 Time Base/Controller board.
"
The A3 M/F Power Connector board consists of builtĆin connectors that
distribute the power supply voltages from the A4 Regulator board to the
following boards:
A1 M/F Strobe Drive board
A5 Time Base/Controller board
A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect board
The A3 M/F Power Connect board also supplies ±15 V power to the A14
Input/Output (I/O) board through a 16Ćpin ribbon cable.
!
The regulators convert semiĆregulated voltages into stabilized lowĆripple
output voltages. The A4 Regulator board consists of the following regulators
and the voltageĆfault detect circuitry:
+50 V
-15 V
+5 V
+15 V
-50 V
See Figure 9Ć3 for a block diagram of this board.
The operational amplifiers used for the +50 V, +15 V, +5 V, -50 V, -15 V
and -5 V regulators require that the following special voltages be generated
for their operation:
semiĆregulated +54 V supply generates the +20 V supply
semiĆregulated -54 V supply generates the -20 V supply
semiĆregulated +54 V supply generates the +10 V supply
semiĆregulated -54 V supply generates the -10 V supply
+10.0 V REF is used as a reference voltage
$ !
This circuit consists of two window comparators and associated resistors.
The circuitry detects if any regulated supply is overĆvoltage or underĆvoltage.
The associated resistors set a hysteresis window that is 5% of the regulator
sense line voltages.
3Ć8
#
Block Diagram Descriptions
A5 Time
Base/Controller
Board
The A5 Time Base Controller board consists of the following circuitry:
Microprocessor (MPU)
RAM/ROM
Trigger circuitry
Time Base circuitry
Acquisition system interface
Memory management unit (MMU) interface
See Figure 9Ć4 for the block diagram of this board.
Microprocessor
The microprocessor controls the time base and trigger circuitry in response
to commands from the Executive Processor, performs local onĆline calibraĆ
tion of the time base, schedules waveform acquisitions, and manages the
Acquisition system and waveform data transfers.
RAM/ROM Memory
Both RAM and ROM memory reside within the microprocessor's 1 Mbyte of
address space. The upper 256 Kbytes is reserved as ROM, the lower
128 Kbytes of static RAM is provided for dynamic data storage and local
nonĆvolatile memory. There are 32 Kbytes of memoryĆprovided communicaĆ
tion and waveform storage for the CSA 803C's 8 channels, and another
32 Kbytes for the Strobe Distribution block of the oscilloscope and multiplexĆ
ers. There are 512 Kbytes of memory assigned as communication and
primary waveform storage. Another 32 Kbytes are used to map the commuĆ
nication buffer of the parallel interface with the memory management unit,
and the remaining 32 Kbytes are divided into I/O space and time base
control.
Trigger
This circuitry Is comprised of the trigger recognizer and gated voltage conĆ
trol oscillator. The trigger circuits accept trigger signals from either the Direct
or Prescaler Inputs. The strobe sense signal and internal feedback signals
are used in the SelfĆTests diagnostic process but are not normally used for
data acquisition.
The trigger recognizer sees a valid direct or prescale trigger signal and
outputs this signal to the voltage controlled oscillator that sets the timing for
the strobe signal.
The direct trigger input allows programmed slope and level selection, but
the prescale trigger input is not adjustable.
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć9
Block Diagram Descriptions
.-( -+#!! + &( #, , % - -" -#& , 0#%% ! ' +- #-, (0' -+#!! +
,#!'% - + &, '(+&% -+#!! + &( #, , % - -"
0#%% 0#(+ -+#!! + ,#!'%,
" #!" + *. ' 2 ' ('-+(% , % -, -" ,-- ( -" -+#!! + "2,- + ,#,
#' -" #+ - -+#!! + )-"
#!" + *. ' 2 ' + &(/ , -+#!! + "2,- + ,#, ' #&)+(/ , , ',#-#/#-2
0" ' -" -+#!! + ,#!'% ! ,% 0 +- #, ', (+ !+ - + -2)# %%2
&)4) 3 ,#' 0/ #!.+ 4
#!" + *. ' 2 + -#', -+#!! + "2,- + ,#, 0"#% #&)+(/#'! '(#, + $ -#('
- %(0 + *. ' # , 0" ' -" -+#!! + ! ,% 0 +- #, % ,, -"' ', ' ., - '2 + *. ' 2 # -" -+#!! + ,#!'% &)%#-. + %# %2 -+#!! +,
-"
#!.+ 4 "#, #, -" .%- , --#'! - + #'#-#%#3-#('
&
#' )4)
>1 V/ns
HF On
&
&
<1 V/ns
HF Off
3
3
3
3
+ *. ' 2
Figure 3Ć1:ăTrigger Edge Slew Rate for High Frequency Selection
" '"' +#!! +#'! ('-+(% , % -, -" ,-- ( -" & -,- %
-+#!! + + $ -#(' -.+ #' -" #+ - -+#!! + )-"
'"' +#!! +#'! ' #+ -, -" -#& , -( - - & -,- % -+#!! +
/ '-, ' + $ - -" *.#+ - " - #, + *.#+ - -" ' 1-+#!! + / '-
'"' +#!! +#'! %%(0, -" -#& , -( *.#+ ' #,)%2 & -,-4
% -+#!! + / '-,
" +#!! + (% ( ('-+(% #' -" -+#!! + & '. )+(!+&, -" -+#!! + "(% (
/%.
.-( (% ( #, -" .%- &( "#, &( .-(&-# %%2 )+(!+&,
-.%
(% ( -( -" &#'#&.& )(,,# % /%. - ) ' , ('%2 (' -" -#& ,
, --#'!, ' #, .) - 0" ' -" #' #3 ' #' (,#-#(' /%. ,
3Ć10
Theory of Operation
change. Triggering is held off to beyond the rightmost point in the Main
record. The minimum value is 5 ms. The Actual Holdoff (auto mode) calculaĆ
tion is:
Actual Holdoff (auto mode) = max (5 ms, 5 ms+Main Pos+Duration)
where Duration = Main Size 10 divisions.
Manual Holdoff extends the trigger holdoff to longer periods, up to 2.5 seĆ
conds. The Actual Holdoff value depends on the value of Requested Holdoff
in addition to the time base settings. The Actual Holdoff (manual mode)
calculation is:
Actual Holdoff (manual mode) = max (5 ms, 5 ms+Main Pos+Duration,
Requested Holdoff)
This circuit is a very precise slewing delay generator. It accepts triggers from
the reference oscillator, generates a precise delay, and outputs a strobeĆ
drive pulse.
The time base circuitry consists of a TECL integrated circuit (IC), which
contains three sixĆbit highĆspeed counters, and a CMOS IC, which contains
a 48Ćbit programmable strobe delay generator.
On the first sample of the waveform, the sample is taken immediately after a
starting delay. Subsequent samples are delayed by a small additional
amount, called the dot delay. The dot delay is programmed and stored into
the strobe delay register. Each sample is delayed by one delay more than
the previous sample. The dot delay can vary from 10 fs to 20 ns depending
on the horizontal size and the number of points in the waveform record.
The sampling interval (incremental delay between samples) is the total
acquisition time (time/division 10 divisions) divided by the number of
points acquired.
This circuit contains 16 Kbytes of RAM (physically located on the A28 AcĆ
quisition MPU board) that is shared between the Acquisition system and the
Time Base/Controller. This RAM is mapped into the microprocessor memory
space so that it can be accessed as any other RAM Ċ either by the microĆ
processor itself or the DMA controller.
This shared memory allows the microprocessor to transfer waveforms from
the Acquisition system to the Waveform Memory using DMA. It also provides
a mailbox structure for commands and data passed between the two sysĆ
tems.
3Ć11
Block Diagram Descriptions
Memory Management Unit (MMU) Interface
*+5 %+4%7+6 +06'4(#%'5 6*' +/' #5' 10641..'4 61 6*' " #0& 6*' !#8';
(14/ '/14: *+5 +06'4(#%' #..195 6*' " 61 5'0& %1//#0&5 61 6*' /+%41;
241%'5514 6*417)* 6*' +/' #5'10641..'4 #0& 2418+&'5 6*' 2#6* (14
9#8'(14/ 64#05('45 (41/ 6*' %37+5+6+10 5:56'/ 61 6*' !#8'(14/ '/14:
A7 CRT Socket Board
*' 1%-'6 $1#4& +5 #0 +06'4(#%' (41/ 6*'
$1#4& 61 6*'
*' 1%-'6 $1#4& %105+565 1( 6*' (1..19+0) %+4%7+65
'& 4''0 #0& .7' 8+&'1 #/2.+(+'45
#0& %761(( #&,756/'065
#&,756/'06
'' +)74'
;
(14 # $.1%- &+#)4#/ 1( 6*+5 $1#4&
Red, Green, and Blue Video Amplifiers
*'5' 6*4'' %+4%7+65 #4' +&'06+%#. *+)* 52''& 8+&'1 #/2.+(+'45 6*#6 &4+8' 6*'
6*4'' %#6*1&'5 #0& 4'& )4''0 #0& $.7' 4'52'%6+8'.: 1( 6*'
#%* 1( 6*' 6*4'' %1.145 %#0 $' 241)4#//'& 61 &+52.#: &+(('4'06 .'8'.5
*+5 :+'.&5 # 2155+$.' %1.145 1( 9*+%* '+)*6 %#0 $' &+52.#:'& 10
6*' 5%4''0 #6 #0: 6+/'
Red, Green, and Blue Adjustments
*'5' 6*4'' 216'06+1/'6'45 %10641. 6*' %761(( 21+06 6*#6 +5 6*' 21+06 #6
9*+%* # %'46#+0 %1.14 $'%1/'5 +08+5+$.'
Convergence Adjustment
*+5 216'06+1/'6'4 %10641.5 6*' 8'46+%#. %108'4)'0%' 1( 6*' 4'& )4''0 #0&
$.7' &'(.'%6+10 $'#/5
3Ć12
Theory of Operation
!
The A8 CRT Driver board consists of the following circuits:
Horizontal sweep circuitry
Vertical sweep circuitry
High voltage and grid voltage generator circuitry
Degauss circuit
Beam current limit circuit
Grid bias circuit
The A8 CRT Driver board circuitry drives the raster scan CRT. The VIDEO
and SYNC signals from the A15 MMU board generate the ZĆaxis signal,
sweep signals, and grid bias voltages for the CRT.
See Figure 9Ć6 for a block diagram of this board.
#
"
This circuit generates the sweep current for the horizontal deflection yoke.
The horizontal driver includes an oscillator, a voltage ramp generator, a
highĆgain amplifier, and a flyback generator. These components provide
sweep synchronization, horizontal deflection, and linearity.
The horizontal adjustments, HĆSIZE, HĆPOS, and HĆLIN, allow you to optiĆ
mize the appearance of the display.
"
This circuit produces a deflection current that sweeps the video beam from
the bottom to the top of the CRT. This circuit also produces a flyback signal
to the flyback transformer that is in parallel with the deflection yoke.
The vertical adjustments, VERT SIZE and VERT POS, set the vertical size
and position of the display.
This circuit includes the flyback transformer that generates the 16 kV CRT
anode potential and other bias voltages. This transformer is coupled and
synchronized with the vertical deflection system.
The SCREEN adjustment provides the cutoff point; that is, the point where
no information is visible on the display screen. The FOCUS adjustment
provides manual focusing of the display image.
!
3Ć13
Block Diagram Descriptions
Degauss
&'1 !'0!3'2 0#+-4#1 + %,#2'! $'#*"1 $0-+ 2&# !-*-0 12##* .#0230# %0'**#
# + %,#2'! $'#*"1 0# ',"3!#" 2 # !& .-5#09-, 7 + %,#2'! 1-30!#1
&# #% 311 !'0!3'2 .0-"3!#1 , #6.-,#,2' **7 "#! 7',% 1',# 5 4# 5'2&
$0#/3#,!7 -$ ..0-6'+ 2#*7 )8 &'1 5 4#$-0+ '1 ..*'#" 2- 2&# "#9
% 311 !-'*1 2& 2 0# *-! 2#" -, -2& 1'"#1 -$ 2&# &# "#! 7#" -1!'** 9
2'-, 2&0-3%& 2&# !-'*1 ! 31#1 + %,#2'! $'#*" 2- # ',"3!#" ', 2&# 12##*
.#0230# %0'**# &'1 + %,#2'! $'#*" 1 230 2#1 2&# 12##* ," 2&#, $-0!#1 2&#
12-0#" + %,#2'! $'#*" "-5, 2- 8#0- 1 2&# 12##* '1 "0'4#, 0-3," '21 &712#0#9
1'1 !304#
Beam Current Limit
&'1 !'0!3'2 *'+'21 2&# 4#0 %# .-5#0 2- 2&# 2- *#11 2& ,
, +.*'9
$'#0 !'0!3'2 !-+. 0#1 2&# 13+ -$ 2&# ,-"# !300#,2 ," 2&# "(3129
+#,2 !300#,2 2- 0#$#0#,!# !300#,2 -$ + $ 2&# 13+ -$ 2&# 25!300#,21 #6!##"1 2&# 0#$#0#,!# !300#,2 2&#, 2&# 2&0## 4'"#- +.*'$'#01 -,
2&# -!)#2 - 0" 0# "'1 *#"
Grid Bias
&'1 !'0!3'2 .0-4'"#1 -$ %0'" ' 1 2- 2&# -!)#2 - 0" 2
.-5#09-$$ 2&# %0'" '1 13..*'#" 5'2& 3,2'* 2&# $-!31 !'0!3'2 "'1!& 0%#1
&'%& 4-*2 %# &'1 .0#4#,21 0'%&2 1.-2 $0-+ ..# 0',% 2 2&# !#,2#0 -$ 2&#
1!0##, 2 .-5#09-$$
A9, A10, and A11
Front Panel Boards
&# ," 0-,29 ,#* '0!3'2 - 0"1 1.#!'$'! **7 !-,1'12 -$ 2&#
$-**-5',% - 0"1
-3!& ,#* 11#+ *7
0-,2 ,#* -,20-* - 0"
0-,2 ,#* 322-, - 0"
Touch Panel, Major Menu Keys, and Menu Status LEDs
# 2&0## $3,!2'-,1 ',2#0$ !# 2- 2&# 6#!32'4# .0-!#11-0 2&0-3%& %#,#0 *
.30.-1# .0-%0 ++ *# )#7 - 0" ," "'1.* 7 !-,20-**#0 -, 2&# 0-,2
,#* -,20-**#0 - 0"
&# )#7 - 0" $3,!2'-, -$ 2&# & ,"*#1 2&# 2-3!& + 20'6 ," & 0" )#71
&# "'1.* 7 $3,!2'-, "0'4#1 2&# +#,3 *'%&2 01
3Ć14
Theory of Operation
Block Diagram Descriptions
A9 Touch Panel Assembly
!* !),!+ * '%()!* ' !& )) * + + ()' , %+)!/ ' $! +
%* + + ) !&+ )),(+ . & + ,* ) +', * ()+!,$) +', 1'&
+', (& $ & ) # 0 %+)!/ ) *&& '&+!&,',*$0 ,&+!$
* '. ') # 0() ** !* + + & !+ !* + + + + *& !* '%2
($ + & + !&+ )),(+ $!& !* ** )+ 0 + !*($0 '&+)'$$ ) ,)!& + !*
+!% + !&+ )),(+ !* +!- & &' & . + !* .)!++ & !&+' + * &*')
)'% + +', (& $ ') ) # 0* - & + ', + ) .) '&+!&, * +'
*& + ) ') + + .!$$ &'+ & !& + * &*') . !$ + %!)'2
()' **') !* ) !& !+
&$0 '& !& )) !* +,)& '& + +!% & '&$0 + ( '+'+)&*!*+')
!) +$0 '(('*!+ !* * $ + +' ) !- $! + !* () - &+* &0 )'**+$#
+. & %!++ ) + +') (!)*
A10 Front Panel Control Board
!* !),!+)0 & )+ * + 2!+ ) ** ,* + + !* ,* +' * $ + & !&2
)) & !+* '%($!% &+ ( '+'+)&*!*+') '& +
', & $ ')
A11 Front Panel Button Board
!* !),!+)0 * '%()!* ' + %"') % &, $! + )* + + ) )!- &
0 + !*($0 ) ) * ) !*+ ) ',+(,+ ' + !*($0
'&+)'$$ ) ')
&+ )&$$0 + ) !* %+)!/ ' !*($0 ') &!1 !& & 2!+ 0 2!+
%+)!/ !* !*($0 !* *&& '$,%& 0 '$,%& ,+'%+!$$0
$! +!& + (()'()!+ )* . & ! !+ !* &',&+ )
')* !& * ) )!- & 0 $+ + + !* '&+)'$$ 0 +
')* !& * $ +!'&* ) * &* '& +
', & $ ')
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć15
Block Diagram Descriptions
A12 Rear Panel
Assembly
)& &"2 ".&, "33&-#,9 ,*.+3 4)& /3$*,,/3$/0& 4/ /4)&2 %&6*$&3 )*3
"33&-#,9 $/.4"*.3 $/..&$4/23 '/2 4)& '/,,/7*.( 0/243
.& /24
.& :
: /24
.& 2*.4&2 /24 &.42/.*$3 349,&
)& &"2 ".&, "33&-#,9 *3 $/.42/,,&% '2/- 4)& .05454054
#/"2% 4)2/5() " :7*2& $"#,& )*3 $"#,& $/.4"*.3 4)& '/,,/7*.( 3*(.",3
*()4:#*4 #*%*2&$4*/.", %"4" #53
/52:#*4 "%%2&33 #53
/52 *.4&22504 ,*.&3
2&15&34 ".% (2".4 ,*.&3
/52 %&6*$& $/.42/, ,*.&3
33/24&% 0/7&2 3500,9 ".% (2/5.% ,*.&3
&& *(52& : '/2 " #,/$+ %*"(2"- /' 4)*3 "33&-#,9
GPIB Data and Address Bus
)*3 #53 %2*6&3 4)& $/.42/,,&2 %*2&$4,9 /.42/, 3*(.",3 ".% !
"2& 53&% #9 4)& $/.42/,,&2 4/ %&4&2-*.& *' 4)& -*$2/02/$&33/2 *3 429*.(
4/ 2&"% '2/- *4 /2 72*4& 4/ *4 )& *.4&22504 $/.42/,,&23 *. 4)& 8&$54*6&
2/$&33/2 #/"2% -/.*4/2 4)*3 *.4&22504 ,*.& ".% 7*,, 3*(.", 4)& -*$2/02/$&3:
3/2 4/ 3&26*$& 4)& $/.42/,,&2 . /2%&2 4/ $/--5.*$"4& 7*4) 4)& -*$2/:
02/$&33/2 4)& $/.42/,,&2 2&15*2&3 4)"4 "4 ,&"34 /.& /' 4)& '/,,/7*.(
$/.%*4*/.3 /$$523
4)& 2&$&*6&2 3&$4*/. /' 4)& $/.42/,,&2 )"3 " #94& /' %"4" .#94&
&(*34&2 '2/- 4)& #53 4)"4 4)& -*$2/02/$&33/2 .&&%3 4/ 2&"%
4)& 42".3-*44&2 3&$4*/. 2&(*34&2 54#94& &(*34&2 *3 &-049 ".% *3 2&"%9
4/ 2&$&*6& "./4)&2 #94& /' %"4"
4)& 34"453 /' 4)& #53 /2 4)& $/.42/,,&2 )"3 $)".(&% ".% 4)&
-*$2/02/$&33/2 )"3 4/ #& ./4*'*&%
. 4)& /00/3*4& 3*%& /' 4)& $/.42/,,&2 *3 "./4)&2 #53 3934&- )*3
/4)&2 #53 3934&- *.$,5%&3 ".
:#*4 %"4" #53 7)*$) "$$&33&3 " #*%*2&$4*/.",
%"4" #5''&2 ".% ". &*()4:#*4 $/.42/, #53 7)*$) "$$&33&3 " $/.42/,
%2*6&2 )& #53 *3 $/..&$4&% 4/ 4)& /00/3*4& 3*%& /' 4)& #5''&2 ".%
$/.42/, %2*6&2 )&3& 47/ %&6*$&3 "2& 30&$*",,9 %&3*(.&% 4/ #& 3*(.",:,&6:
&, $/-0"4*#,& /. 4)& #53 3*%& /' 4)& #5''&2 %2*6&2
)& 34"4&3 /' 4)2&& $/.42/, 3*(.",3 '2/- 4)& $/.42/,,&2 ".%
"2& -/.*4/2&% ".% %*30,"9&% /. 4)& 2&"2 0".&, /' 4)&
)&3& 3 3)/7 4)& 34"4& 4)"4 4)& $/.42/,,&2 *3 *. ./4 4)& 34"4& /' 4)&
#53
3Ć16
Theory of Operation
Block Diagram Descriptions
Two other signals of interest are GPIB RQ and GPIB GR. These signals are
used by the DMA Controller on the A17 Executive Processor board to comĆ
municate with the GPIB controller. The DMA can be programmed by the
microprocessor to service either the Inbyte register or the Outbyte register.
Standard RSĆ232ĆC Controller
This communications controller Is connected to the same data bus and
address bus as the GPIB controller. The RPD7ĆRPD0 address lines transfer
data to and from the microprocessor. The RPA1ĆRPA4 address lines are
used by the microprocessor to select individual registers in the GPIB controlĆ
ler. The STD RS SEL line goes low when the microprocessor wants to comĆ
municate with the RSĆ232ĆC controller. (This line also drives the Chip
Enable.)
The RD and WR signals are driven by the microprocessor to signal if the
GPIB controller is to be read from or written into. The controller sets the STD
RS INTR (interrupt) line low to request service from the microprocessor. The
microprocessor writes a byte into the controller's transmit buffer to transmit
data on the RSĆ232ĆC bus. The microprocessor reads a byte from the receivĆ
er buffer to receive data from the RSĆ232ĆC bus. The microprocessor can
also read the status of the controller. The RSĆ232ĆC controller translates the
parallel data from the microprocessor to serial data from RXD on the
RSĆ232ĆC bus to parallel data for the microprocessor.
There are transmit and receive buffers that are compatible with the
RSĆ232ĆC bus. Clear To Send (CTS) and Data Set Ready (DSR) are
RSĆ232ĆC control signals that can be controlled by the microprocessor.
Request To Send (RTS) and Data Terminal Ready (DTR) are signals that can
be read by the microprocessor. The received signal detect (RSD) control
signal is always high when power is on. This RSĆ232ĆC port is a DCE type.
Printer Port
The CentronicsĆstyle printer port, J111, is controlled by a programmable
peripheral interface IC. This IC has all the control lines necessary to connect
to a microprocessor, plus two general purpose eightĆbit ports and the conĆ
trol signals to use them. The A12 Rear Panel Assembly Data bus and AdĆ
dress bus connect to the IC and have the same function as described for
the GPIB and RSĆ232ĆC controllers. The Printer Sel line is set low by the
microprocessor when it is communicating with the interface. The RD and
WR lines allow the microprocessor to either read or write to the registers in
the programmable peripheral interface IC. This IC must be initialized by the
microprocessor for Port A to be a strobed input port. Port C provides the
control signals.
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć17
Block Diagram Descriptions
A13 Mother Board
A14 Input/Output
(I/O) Board
The A13 Mother board provides the interconnection for the microprocessor
signals and the +5 V power among the following boards:
A14 I/O board
A15 Memory Management Unit (MMU) board
A17 Executive Processor board
A18 Memory board
The A14 I/O board contains the following circuitry:
Data buffers
Timer configuration circuitry
Real time clock
Serial data interface (SDI)
Temp/tone readback buffer
Tone generator
GPIB control circuitry
See Figure 9Ć8 for a block diagram of this board.
The A14 I/O board is an interface between the Executive Processor (EXP)
and devices on the A9, A10, and A11 Front Panel boards, the A12 Rear
Panel assembly, and onĆboard I/O devices. The EXP reads and writes to
these I/O devices at specific I/O addresses. These I/O addresses are deĆ
coded to produce device select signals which enable the addressed device.
Each I/O device is located on I/O address boundaries of at least 100 .
The lower eight bits of the Executive data bus transmit data to and from the
various I/O devices. Note that only one I/O device can be accessed at a
time.
I/O Data Buffer
This circuit buffers the lower eight bits of the Executive data bus from P105.
The output of the I/O data bus drives data to the following six onĆboard
devices:
3Ć18
I/O delayed data buffer
Rear panel data buffer
Front panel data buffer
Tone generator
Tone/temp readback buffer
Timer configuration circuitry
Theory of Operation
Block Diagram Descriptions
I/O Delayed Data Buffer
This circuit is the interface between the I/O data bus and the Write Delayed
data bus.
Timer Configuration
This circuitry is composed of a latch and three twoĆinput data multiplexers
built with discrete gates. When a byte of data on the I/O data bus is latched,
some of the data bits individually configure counters 1 and 2, allowing the
timer to accept different inputs for different system tasks. The operating
system uses counter 0 as a realĆtime clock based on the 2 MHz CLK input
from the clock generator that is always operating at 8 MHz.
Real Time Clock
This clock and its oscillator circuit maintain the current time of day. The EXP
sets the real time clock and also interrupts the Executive processor (EXP)
every one second to request the EXP to read the time.
Serial Data Interface (SDI)
This is a custom IC that interfaces the EXP to both front panel knobs. The
EXP controls this IC, and this IC interrupts the EXP when a device requires
service.
Tone Generator
This circuitry utilizes a DAC and a timer. The timer is equipped with a special
current switch and capacitor to set the timer's frequency. The timer outputs
a square wave whose frequency is inversely proportional to the digital value
written to the temp/tone DAC. Thus, if a zero value is input to the DAC, the
tone generator produces the highest tone.
Temp/Tone Readback Buffer
This circuit is an eightĆline buffer connected to the I/O data bus. The EXP
uses this buffer to monitor the tone generator.
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć19
Block Diagram Descriptions
A15 Memory
Management Unit
(MMU) Board
'$ !- /# "-,0(010 -% 1'$ %-**-4(,& "(/"2(10
3$%-/+
(0.* 6 (,1$/% "$
(+$ 0$-,1/-**$/ (,1$/% "$
5$"21(3$ ./-"$00-/ (,1$/% "$
(0.* 6
("/-./-"$00-/
(1 + .
3$%-/+ #(0.* 6 "(/"2(1/6
(#$-
'$ !- /# "--/#(, 1$0 "-++2,(" 1(-,0 +-,& 1'$ %-**-4(,&
1'/$$
02!0601$+0
(0.* 6
(+$ 0$-,1/-**$/
5$"21(3$
$$ (&2/$
7
%-/
!*-") #( &/ + -% 1'(0 !- /#
MMU IC
'(0 "(/"2(1 "-,1/-*0 ** # 1 1/ ,0%$/0 1- ,# %/-+ 4 3$%-/+ '$
& 1$ // 6 "-,1/-*0 '(&'70.$$# 1/ ,0%$/0 -% 4 3$%-/+ # 1 ,# "-++2,(" 7
1(-, +$00 &$0 !$14$$, 4 3$%-/+ ,# 1'$ 1'/$$ 02!0601$+ (,1$/% "$0
1'$ (0.* 6 (+$ 0$-,1/-**$/ ,# 5$"21(3$ ./-"$00-/0 0$1 -% ' ,#7
0' )(,& *(,$0 #$0(&,$# 1- 1'$ % "(*(1($0 -% $ "' . /1("2* / 02!0601$+
"--/#(, 1$0 $ "' 02!0601$+ (,1$/% "$
Waveform RAM
'(0 "(/"2(1 "-,0(010 -% !61$0 -% '$ '-*#0 4 3$%-/+ # 1
,# +$00 &$0 1' 1 /$ /$ # ,# 4/(11$, !6 1'$ (+$ 0$-,1/-**$/ (07
.* 6 ,# 5$"21(3$ 02!0601$+0
Display Interface
1 (0 1/ ,0%$//$# 1- ,# %/-+ 1'$ (0.* 6 02!0601$+ ,# 1- ,# %/-+ 1'$
1'/-2&' 1'(0 (,1$/% "$ '$ # 1 (0 !2%%$/$# 4(1' 1'$ !(#(/$"1(-, *
#(0.* 6 # 1 !2%%$/0
3Ć20
Theory of Operation
Block Diagram Descriptions
Time Base/Controller Interface
Data is transferred to and from the Time Base/Controller subsystem and to
and from the MMU IC through this interface.
Executive Processor (EXP) Interface
This circuitry consists of bidirectional buffers, address mapping programĆ
mable array logic (PAL), and interface timing control PALs. This circuitry
directs data flow to the EXP from the MMU IC and vice versa.
Display IC
This component consists of the following functional circuits:
CRT controller
Video output circuitry
Compressor circuit
The basic function of the CRT Controller is to produce VIDEO and SYNC
signals that indicate to the CRT where to position video information. The
controller is virtually automatic in operation and invisible to the firmware
programmer with the exception of several internal registers that must be
initialized at powerĆon.
The video output circuitry is where the hardware recognizes and displays
specific data structures; the rasterĆscan CRT displays the contents of the bit
map.
During the refresh of the screen, the hardware acquires bit map data along
with waveform display data to yield a final color index.
The compressor circuit receives a waveform composed of several possible
number of data points and outputs 512 pairs (one minimum and one maxiĆ
mum) to the display.
Microprocessor
This component transforms the entire Display subsystem into an intelligent
peripheral dedicated to operating the display. The firmware that controls the
Display subsystem executes from ROM in the microprocessor's address
space. The clock for this microprocessor operates at a frequency of 8 MHz.
Bit Map RAM
This circuit consists of 256 Kbytes of RAM, divided into 4Ćbit planes of
65,536 bytes each. Three of the bit planes are for text and the remaining bit
plane is for XY, variable persistence, and infinite persistence. Each bit in a
plane represents a single pixel of the display. Setting the representative pixel
bit in each of the planes controls the color or intensity.
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć21
Block Diagram Descriptions
Waveform Display RAM
This memory circuitry consists of 65,536 bytes. These bytes contain the
minimum/maximum pairs of values, along with color index and overrange/
underrange information.
Video DigitalĆtoĆAnalog Converter (DAC)
This circuit converts the digital data from the Display IC into analog data for
the A7 CRT Socket board.
A17 Executive
Processor Board
The A17 Executive Processor board consists of the:
Executive processor (EXP)
Numeric coprocessor circuitry
Bus buffer circuitry
Preset circuitry
Wait state circuitry
Interrupt controllers
DMA Controller
See Figure 9Ć10 for a block diagram of this board.
Executive Processor (EXP)
This microprocessor executes firmware routines stored in EPROMS that are
located on the A18 Memory board to control the operation of the CSA 803C.
Along with the numeric coprocessor, the EXP does all data processing not
directly related to generating the display or digitizing the waveform. When
power is first applied to the CSA 803C, the EXP executes local and system
diagnostic tests, which are located in the EPROMs on the A18 Memory
board.
The EXP performs the following functions with three main circuits:
the clock generator generates the timing signals and synchronized reset
signals for the microprocessor
the microprocessor reads and writes data, generates addresses for I/O
and memory devices, and generates status signals for the bus controller
the bus controller interprets the microprocessor's status signals and
generates the necessary bus control signals for the Executive bus
Address decoders, address latches, and data buffers are all support circuits
for I/O operations.
3Ć22
Theory of Operation
!
This coprocessor is a highĆspeed, floatingĆpoint processor that executes
instructions in parallel with the EXP. The EXP programs and controls the
numeric coprocessor as an I/O device at addresses 0F8 to 0FF .
!
This circuit consists of a data buffer, an address buffer, and a control buffer
that provide command and control signals from the microprocessor to the
three Executive busses. The Executive busses consist of the following:
# ! Ċ is a bidirectional bus. It allows the microproĆ
cessor to fetch instructions from memory, and also to write data to
memory and read data from memory. The memory that the microprocesĆ
sor uses is located on the A18 Memory board.
# ! Ċ carries the address of a device when the
microprocessor is requesting access to that device. Once the microproĆ
cessor has access, the addressed device can then respond to the
microprocessor.
# ! Ċ carries control signals sent by the microproĆ
cessor. These control signals are sent to the devices that the microproĆ
cessor addresses, so that the devices can respond at the proper
moment in the bus cycle.
This circuit generates synchronized ready and reset control signals.
This circuit extends the bus cycle with wait states so that slower devices
have sufficient time to read or write data.
!
These circuits constantly monitor the EXP's interrupt lines to ensure that the
highest priority interrupt gets serviced first. The Interrupt controllers provide
the ability to assign priority levels to all the system's interrupt lines and,
conversely, to ignore (mask) any of the interrupt lines as well.
This circuit shortens the GPIB transfer time as well as the transmission time
of waveforms through the GPIB.
"
!
3Ć23
Block Diagram Descriptions
A18 Memory Board
(% %-/18 /!1$ 01/5)$%2 3(% 7%#43)5% 01/#%22/1 6)3( 2823% /.95/,!3),% !.$ &/1 -/23 /0%1!3)/.2
400/13 #)1#4)318 &/1 3(% -%-/1)%2 !.$ $)!'./23)# #)1#4)318 &/1 31/4",%2(//39
).' !1% ,/#!3%$ /.9"/!1$ ,, !##%22%2 3/ /1 2 !1%
).)3)!3%$ "8 3(% 7%#43)5% 1/#%22/1 "/!1$ 20%#)&)#!,,8 "8 3(% /1
3(% #/.31/,,%1 %&%1 3/ 3(% $)2#422)/. /& 3(% 7%#43)5% 1/#%22/1
"/!1$ %!1,)%1 ). 3()2 2%#3)/. &/1 "42 #8#,% 3)-).' ).&/1-!3)/.
(% %-/18 "/!1$ #/.2)232 /& 3(% &/,,/6).' #)1#4)318
$$1%22 ,!3#(%2
$$1%22 $%#/$% !.$ -%-/18 2%,%#3 #)1#4)318
!.$ 2823%-
%-/18 $!3! "4&&%12
!)3 23!3% '%.%1!3/1
!)3 23!3% $)!'./23)#2
%-/18 #/.&)'41!3)/. 1%!$"!#+
/.95/,!3),% !.$ "!33%18 "!#+40
%% )'41%
9 &/1 ! ",/#+ $)!'1!- /& 3()2 "/!1$
Address Latches
()2 #)1#4)318 "4&&%12 !.$ (/,$2 3(% !$$1%22 ,).%2 &/1 3(% 2 2
2 !.$ /3(%1 /.9"/!1$ $%5)#%2 4.3), 3(% %.$ /& 3(% "42 #8#,%
Address Decode and Memory Select
()2 #)1#4)3 #/.2)232 /& ! 01/'1!--!",% !11!8 ,/')# $%5)#% 3(!3 $%9
#/$%2 3(% !$$1%22 ,).%2 3/ 01/$4#% &)5% 2%,%#3 2)'.!,2
9 !.$
&/41 2%,%#3 2)'.!,2 9 %.!",%2 3(% 6(),%
9 %.!",% 3(% ,, !.$ 2%,%#3 ,).%2 !1% ,!3#(%$
!.$ 3(% ,!3#( /430432 !1% ./1-!,,8 %.!",%$ (),% 3(% ,!3#( %.!",% 2)'.!, )2
()'( 3(% ,!3#( /430432 !1% 1%20/.2)5% 3/ #(!.'%2 /. 3(% ).0432 6(),% 3(%
,!3#( %.!",% 2)'.!, )2 ,/6 3(% 2%,%#3 ,).%2 !1% ,!3#(%$
(% /. 3(% 7%#43)5% 1/#%22/1 "/!1$ '%.%1!3%2 3(% !$$1%22 ,).%
).0432
9
%0%.$).' 40/. 3(% 0/2)3)/. /& ! *4-0%1 /. 3(%
7%#43)5% 1/#%22/1 "/!1$ !$$1%22 ,).%2 9 #!. "% -%-/18 "!.+92%9
,%#3 ,).%2 /1 -)#1/01/#%22/1 !$$1%22 ,).%2
(% -%-/18 2%,%#3 #)1#4)318 01/5)$%2 ,!3#(%$ -%-/18 2%,%#3 ,).%2 !.$ !.
%.!",% 2)'.!, &/1 3(% -%-/18 $!3! "4&&%12
3Ć24
Theory of Operation
" #"!$ #
#
*' .'.03: +/%-6&'4 4 :45'. #/& 0/<70-#5+-'
*' 4 %0/5#+/ #-- 0( 5*' 01'3#5+/) 4:45'. %0&' #/& &+#)<
/045+%4 %0&' (03 5*' ! -- 5*' .'.03+'4 4*#3' 5*' -#5%*'& #&&3'44 $64
*' :45'. 4503'4 .+4%'--#/'064 %0/45#/54 5*#5 5*' 01'3#5+/)
4:45'. %0&' 64'4 #/& 130&6%'4 *' /0/<70-#5+-' %0/5#+/4
4503'& 4'55+/)4 4503'& 53#%'4 #/& 05*'3 /0/<70-#5+-' 1#3#.'5'34 *' .'<
.03+'4 #3' 03)#/+;'& +/50 *+)* #/& -08<$:5' 1#+34 *' #&&3'44 &'%0&'
)'/'3#5'4 -#5%*'& %*+1<4'-'%5 4+)/#-4 4'1#3#5' -#5%*'& %*+1<4'-'%5 4+)/#4'-'%54 '#%* 0( 5*'4' 1#+3 *' .'.03: # $6(('34 $6(('3 5*' # -+/'4 50
5*' 9'%65+7' # $64
"' $ %"#
*+4 %+3%6+53: &3+7'4 # $'58''/ 5*' .'.03+'4 #/& 9'%65+7' # $64
05* <$+5 $6(('34 #3' '/#$-'& 8*'/ #-- 0( 5*'+3 +/1654 #3' *+)*
$ $$ "$ "
*+4 %+3%6+5 #--084 5*' ! 50 #%%'44 .'.03: &'7+%'4 8*'/ 5*' ! +4
01'3#5+/) #5 (#45'3 %-0%, (3'26'/%+'4 *'/ 5*' ! +4 01'3#5+/) #5 (3'26'/<
%+'4 )3'#5'3 5*#/ ; 5*' $64 %:%-' 5+.' +4 500 4*035 50 #--08 3'#&4 03
83+5'4 50 5*' 13'4'/5 .'.03: &'7+%'4 *' 8#+5 45#5' )'/'3#503 4'54 5*'
" -+/' 4'' +)63'
< 0/ 5*' 9'%65+7' $64 -08 50 4+)/#- 5*' ! 50
-'/)5*'/ 5*' $64 %:%-'4
*' 8#+5 45#5' )'/'3#503 #-40 %0/5#+/4 # %+3%6+5 50 )'/'3#5' %0/530- 4+)/#-4
4+.+-#3 50 5*04' 0/ 5*' 9'%65+7' $64 *'4' %0/530- 4+)/#-4 #3' '#3-:
#&&3'44 -#5%* '#3-: .'.03: 83+5' %0/530- #/& '#3-:
.'.03: 3'#& %0/530-
$ $$ #$#
*'4' &+#)/045+%4 .'#463' 5*' 5+.' +/5'37#- 5*#5 5*' 8#+5 45#5' )'/'3#503
)'/'3#5'4 8*'/ # 0/' +4 83+55'/ 50 #&&3'44 *+4 %#64'4 5*'
8#+5 45#5' &+#)/045+%4 50 %0//'%5 5*' " 4+)/#- 50 5*' -+/' 0/
5*' 9'%65+7' $64 5+.'3 0/ 5*'
$0#3& %#/ 5*'/ .'#463' 5*'
-'/)5* 0( 5*' 8#+5
"' %"$
*+4 %+3%6+53: #--084 5*' &+#)/045+%4 50 3'#& 5*' 104+5+0/ 0( 5*' .'.03:
%0/(+)63#5+0/ 453#14 #/& 5*' $#/, #&&3'44 -+/'4 /' $+5 0( 5*' 3'#&$#%,
# $:5' #-40 +/&+%#5'4 +( 5*' $#55'3: +4 #5 #/ '#3-: 8#3/+/) 0( # -08
$#55'3: *' ! 1'3(03.4 #/ 3'#& #5 #&&3'44
50 3'#& 5*+4
+/(03.#5+0/
"& %
3Ć25
"
'(1 "(0"3(2 /0.4(#$1 12 -#!7 /.5$0 2. 2'$ -.-84.+ 2(+$ #30(-&
2'$ /.5$0$#8.%% /$0(.#1 .% 2'$
'$ 20.!$ !3%%$0 !. 0# (1 ".,/0(1$# .% 2'0$$ , (- "(0"3(21
20.!$ 1$-1$ 1$+$"2 "(0"3(207
20.!$ #$1*$5 "(0"3(207
!3%%$0 -# +$4$+ 1'(%2 "(0"3(207
$$ (&30$ 8 %.0
!+."* #( &0 , .% 2'(1 !. 0#
'(1 "(0"3(207 ".-1(121 .% 2'0$$ 1(&- + #(.#$1 2'$1$ #(.#$1 0$ -.0, ++7 .%%
'$ #(.#$1 " 007 2'$ 25. 1 ,/+(-& 1(&- +1
%0., 2'$ 25. 1 ,/+(-&
'$ #1 -# 2'$ 0$%$0$-"$ 120.!$ 1(&- + '$- / 02("3+ 0 #(.#$ (1 !( 1$# .-
(2 ++.51 2'$ 1$+$"2$# 120.!$ 1$-1$ 1(&- + 2. ".-2(-3$ .32 .% )3,/$0
!
'(1 "(0"3(2 ".00$"21 2'$ 2(,$ #$+ 7 !$25$$- 2'$ 1 ,/+(-& 120.!$ 1(&- +1
5'("' , 7 .""30 %0., 2'$ ,(1, 2"' (- 2'$ $62$0- + " !+(-& .0 (- 2'$ (-2$0- +
" !+$1 2' 2 #(120(!32$ 2'$ 120.!$ '$ 0$/.1(2(.-(-& (1 #.-$ 5(2' 2'$ 120.!$
#$1*$5 4.+2 &$1 5'("' 0$ ".-20.+ 4.+2 &$1 %.3-# .- )3,/$0
.5$0 (1 +1. 13//+($# 2. 2'(1 !. 0# 2'0.3&' 2'(1 )3,/$0 '$ 120.!$ #$18
*$5 4.+2 &$1 0$ &$-$0 2$# .- 2'$ 20.!$ 0(4$ !. 0# -# 0$
".-20.++$# !7 2'$ ,("0./0."$11.0 .- 2'$ (,$ 1$.-20.++$0 !. 0# '$
1 ,/+(-& 120.!$ +(&-,$-2 (1 "'$"*$# !7 0.32(-& 2'$ 120.!$ 1$-1$ 1(&- +1 2.
2'$ (,$ 1$.-20.++$0 !. 0# 5'$0$ 2'$ ,("0./0."$11.0 ,$ 130$1 -#
#)3121 2'$ 2(,$ +(&-,$-2 .% $ "' 1 ,/+(-& '$ #
'(1 "(0"3(207 ".-1(121 .% - !3%%$0 -# %.30 #3 +820 -1(12.01 2' 2 +$4$+8
1'(%2 2'$ 1(&- + %.0 /0./$0 #0(4$ .% 2'$ 12$/ &$-$0 2.01 (- 2'$ 1 ,8
/+(-& '$ #1
3Ć26
"
Block Diagram Descriptions
A20/A21 Head
Interconnect (Power
Only) Boards
&# # " +1#/!,++#!1 ,4#/ +)6 , /"0 -/,3'"# -,4#/ ,+)6 1,
1&# '+1#/$ !# #14##+ 1&# 0 *-)'+% &# " !,++#!1,/0 +" /' ,+
! )# !,++#!10 1, 1&#
!.2'0'1',+ +1#/$ !# , /" +"
! //'#0 1&# !,+1/,) 01 120 +" -,4#/
A22/A23 Head
Interconnect Boards
&#
# " +1#/!,++#!1 , /"0 -/,3'"# 1&# '+1#/$ !# #14##+ 1&#
0 *-)'+% &# " !,++#!1,/0
+" /' ,+ ! )# +" !, 5' )
! )#0 +" !,++#!10 1, 1&#
!.2'0'1',+ +1#/8
$ !# , /" +" ! //'#0 1&# !,+1/,) 01 120 +" -,4#/ +" !,+8
+#!1 1, 1&# !.2'0'1',+ + ),% , /" +" ! //6 1&# 0'%+ ) $/,* 1&#
0 *-)'+% &# "0
A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board
&#
!.2'0'1',+ +1#/!,++#!1 , /" -/,3'"#0 +" "'01/' 21#0 1&#
-,4#/ 1, 1&# '+1#/!,++#!1',+0 #14##+ 1&# $,)),4'+% , /"0
!.2'0'1',+ + ),% , /"
!.2'0'1',+ , /"
# " +1#/!,++#!1 , /"0
## '%2/# 8
$,/ 1&# ),!( "' %/ * ,$ 1&'0 , /"
&#
!.2'0'1',+ +1#/!,++#!1 , /" )0, & 0 -/#!'0',+ 3,)1 %#
/#$#/#+!# 1, $2/+'0& 1&# 7 /#$#/#+!# /#.2'/#" 6 1&# !.2'0'1',+
+ ),% , /"
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć27
"
#" $ #
!%#$ (#$
"#
The Acquisition system consists of two boards: the A27 Acquisition Analog
board and the A28 Acquisition MPU board.
The A27 Acquisition Analog board consists of the following major blocks:
Programmable gain amplifiers
A/D converters
Measurement hardware
Timing and sampling head control
The A28 Acquisition Analog board consists of the following major blocks:
Shared RAM
Time base/controller interface
Microprocessor
Measurement hardware
Timing and sampling head control
See Figures 9Ć14 and 9Ć15 for the block diagrams of these boards.
" " "#
The four sampling head outputs are multiplexed to two amplifier channels
through the input multiplexer. The microprocessor selects a sampling head
channel to be acquired and connects it to one of the amplifier channels. The
programmable gain amplifier then applies offset (Vert Pos) and amplifies or
attenuates the signal (Vert Size). The output of the amplifier is applied to the
analog to digital (A/D) converter for conversion to digitized data.
&"$"#
The output of each programmable gain amplifier is applied to an 8Ćbit flash
A/D converter. The converter compares its analog input to two reference
voltages (+1 V REF and -1 V REF) and outputs an 8Ćbit binary number that
indicates the value of the analog input signal in relation to the reference
voltages. The digital output from the A/D converters is stored in the shared
RAM and made available for transfer to the Waveform Memory through the
Time Base/Controller.
#%" $ "'"
This circuitry has the selected sampling head output from the input multiĆ
plexer applied to a precisionĆstrobed voltage comparator. This voltage
comparator compares the sampling head output voltage to a reference
voltage generated by a 14Ćbit digitalĆtoĆanalog converter (DAC). The
comparator output is then filtered by a filter and transition counter circuit on
the A28 Acquisition MPU board to remove false transitions generated by
noise and to count the transitions.
3Ć28
"( "$
Block Diagram Descriptions
%"+ 1%" -/, "00,/ /".2"010 % /!4 /" 1&*&+$ *" 02/"*"+1 02 % 0
-/,- $ 1&,+ !") 6 *" 02/"*"+1 1%" ,*- / 1,/ &0 -/,$/ **"! #,/ 1%"
--/,-/& 1" *" 02/"*"+1 )"3") +! 1%" 1/ +0&1&,+ ,2+1"/ &0 -/,$/ **"! 1,
), 1" 1%" 0")" 1"! 1/ +0&1&,+ +2* "/ +! 0),-" %" % /!4 /" ,2+10 1%"
01/, " -2)0"0 1% 1 , 2/ #/,* 1%" "$&++&+$ ,# 1%" .2&0&1&,+ 1, 1%" -,&+1
4%"/" 1%" 0")" 1"! 1/ +0&1&,+ , 2/0 %&0 ,-"/ 1&,+ &0 -"/#,/*"! ,+ 14,
% ++")09 ,+" #,/ " % /,00&+$ -,&+1 ,# 1%" 1&*&+$ *" 02/"*"+1 %"+
1%" 1/ +0&1&,+ -,&+10 /" #,2+! 1%" .2&0&1&,+ -/, "00,/ /" !0 1%" 0 *-)"
+2* "/ #/,* 1%" % /!4 /" +! 01,/"0 &1 &+ 0-" &#& ), 1&,+ &+ 1%" 0% /"!
*"*,/6 #,/ 1%" &*" 0",+1/,))"/ %" &*" 0",+1/,))"/ /" !0 1%"0"
-,&+10 #/,* " % % ++") &+3,)3"! &+ 1%" *" 02/"*"+1 02 1/ 10 1%"0"
-,&+10 +! 1%"+ *2)1&-)&"0 1%" /"02)1 6 1%" 0 *-)&+$ &+1"/3 ) %" /"02)1 &0
*" 02/"*"+1 ,# 1%" 1&*" "14""+ 1%" 14, 1%/"0%,)! -,&+10
Timing and Sampling Head Control
%&0 % /!4 /" $"+"/ 1"0 + ),$ ,+1/,) 3,)1 $"0 1% 1 ,+1/,) 0"3"/ ) 0 *8
-)&+$ %" ! ,-"/ 1&+$ +! )& / 1&,+ - / *"1"/0 ,/ "5 *-)" 1%" ),,- $ &+
)& / 1&,+ !'201*"+1 &0 ,+1/,))"! 6 + + ),$ 3,)1 $" $"+"/ 1"! &+ 1%"
#,/ " % 0 *-)&+$ %" ! % ++") + !!&1&,+ 1%/"" !&$&1 ) ,+1/,)
)&+"0 $, 1, " % 0 *-)&+$ %" !9 14, 1, "+ )" ,/ !&0 )" ,+ " %
% ++") +! ,+" 1, "+ )" 0*,,1%&+$ #,/ ,1% % ++")0 &+ %" !
%&0 &/ 2&1 ), ( )0, $"+"/ 1"0 1&*&+$ 0&$+ )0 1% 1 ,+1/,) 4%"+ 4 3"#,/*
! 1 &0 !&$&1&7"! +! 4%"+ 1%" *" 02/"*"+1 % /!4 /" &0 ), ("! %" 1&*"
0" 0"+!0 01/, " -2)0" 1, 1%" .2&0&1&,+ 0601"* +! 1, 1%" 0 *-)&+$
%" ! 1, &+&1& 1" 0 *-)" % .2&0&1&,+ -/, "00,/ + )0, $"+"/ 1"
01/, " -2)0"0 ), ))6 #,/ ")#8"010 +! !& $+,01& -2/-,0"0
Shared RAM
%&0 *"*,/6 #,/ 1%" .2&0&1&,+ , /! ,+1 &+0 61"0 ,#
0% /"! %&0 *"*,/6 &0 / &1/ 1"! ,+ 1%" .2&0&1&,+
, /!0 "14""+ 1%" .2&0&1&,+ 0601"* -/, "00,/ 1%" &*" 0",+1/,))"/
-/, "00,/ +! 1%" ,+3"/1"/0 ,+ 1%"
.2&0&1&,+ + ),$ , /! ))
4 3"#,/* ! 1 .2&/"! 6 1%" .2&0&1&,+ 0601"* 0 4")) 0 ,+1/,) +!
! 1 *"00 $"0 - 00"! "14""+ 1%" .2&0&1&,+ 0601"* +! 1%" &*" 0"
,+1/,))"/ - 00 1%/,2$% 1%&0 0% /"! *"*,/6
Time Base/Controller Interface
%&0 &/ 2&1/6 % +!)"0 /".2"010 #/,* 1%" &*" 0",+1/,))"/ 1, "00 1%"
0% /"! *"*,/6 ,+ 1%" .2&0&1&,+ , /!0 %" 0% /"! *"*,/6 &0
1%"+ / &1/ 1"! +! 2##"/"! 1%/,2$% 1%" &*" 0",+1/,))"/ &+1"/# "
% /!4 /" %&0 % /!4 /" !" ,!"0 +! ) 1 %"0 1%" &*" 0",+1/,))"/
!!/"00 +! $"+"/ 1"0 4 &1 0&$+ ) 1% 1 %,)!0 1%" &*" 0",+1/,))"/
-/, "00,/ &+ 4 &1 01 1" 2+1&) 20 6 )" + " $/ +1"! 1, )),4 1%"
*"*,/6 "00 1, ,*-)"1"
%" / &1/ 1&,+ ),$& ,,/!&+ 1"0 /".2"010 #,/ "00 1, 1%" 0% /"! *"*,/6
#/,* 1%" ,+3"/1"/0 1%" .2&0&1&,+ 0601"* -/, "00,/ +! 1%" 1&*"
0" ,+1/,))"/ -/, "00,/
CSA 803C Service Manual
3Ć29
A microprocessor controls the Acquisition system, which has 64 Kbytes of
EPROM for code storage, 16 Kbytes of shared RAM, and 8 Kbytes of unĆ
shared RAM. The microprocessor calibrates and manages the programĆ
mable gain amplifiers and measurement hardware. The microprocessor also
accepts and executes commands from the Time Base/Controller processor
and manages the sampling head digital and analog controls, including
scanning the front panel SELECT buttons on the sampling head and driving
the front panel LEDs.
3Ć30
Performance Verification
This section contains procedures to check electrical specifications and
examine measurement limits listed in Table 4Ć1. Use these procedures to
check the CSA 803C following repair, or to verify that the CSA 803C meets
specifications. To functionally test the CSA 803C, simply perform the proceĆ
dures which have a yes" indication in the Functional Tests column listed in
Table 4Ć1. The Specifications or Measurement Limits are given at the beginĆ
ning of each procedure. Adjustment procedures are included in the
section. Refer to the
for more information about specifications and CSA 803C operation.
The Setup in each procedure provides information concerning test equipĆ
ment setup or interconnection. Refer to Table 4Ć2 for more information
concerning test equipment used in the setups.
Most Performance Verification and Adjustment procedures can be run in any
order. However, the Sampling Head Calibration must always precede other
procedures which use an operational sampling head (i.e., does not apply to
procedures using the Calibration Head). Also, if different sampling heads are
used, then sampling head calibration is required for each additional samĆ
pling head.
TableĂ4Ć1:ăMeasurement Limits, Specifications, and Functional Tests
Procedure Description
Measurement
Limits (Examine)
Specifications
(Check)
Functional
Tests
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
none
none
yes
Sampling Head
none
none
yes
Extended Diagnostics
none
none
yes
Vertical Reference Voltage
none
+5 V ±200 mV and
-5 V ±200 mV
no
Horizontal Reference Clock
none
200,000 kHz ±5 kHz
no
Vertical Gain
none
±1.0% full scale
yes
Offset Accuracy
none
±2 mV
yes
Vertical Linearity
none
±1%
no
200 mV at 2 mV/div
500 mV at 5 mV/div
1 mV at 10 mV/div
632 mV at 20 mV/div
1.58 mV at 50 mV/div
3.16 mV at 100 mV/div
6.32 mV at 200 mV/div
none
yes
Vertical Accuracy
System Vertical RMS Noise
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć1
Performance Verification
TableĂ4Ć1:ăMeasurement Limits, Specifications, and Functional Tests (Cont.)
Procedure Description
Measurement
Limits (Examine)
Specifications
(Check)
Functional
Tests
/
, &+ ".
, &+ ".
, (+ ".
, (+ ".
, (+ ".
&'&
0 +
( , -* 0
*"!! *"&!
0 +
1 &+",".",0
%(3( ,
1
% +, $ "+($ 0
1 &+",".",0
%(3( , 1
% +, $ "+($ 0
1 &+",".",0
%(3( ,
1
% +, $ "+($ 0
&, *& $ $' #
0 +
"+ "%
v &+
v &+
* )- & 0
#1 2
#1 2
-,0 0 $
2
2
%(3( , 1
% +, $ "+($ 0
%(3( ,
1
% +, $ "+($ 0
%(3( , 1
% +, $ "+($ 0
* + $ *
$" * ,'* -,(-,
4Ć2
0 +
0 +
"+ "% ,0(" $
(+
(+
#3,'3( # %($",-
% 2
% 2
Performance Verification
Performance Verification
Test Equipment
Table 4Ć2 (Test Equipment), contains suggested test equipment for use in
this manual. Procedure steps are based on the test equipment examples
given, but you may substitute other equipment with similar specifications.
The use of different equipment may alter test results, setup information, and
related connectors and adapters.
TableĂ4Ć2:ăTest Equipment
CSA 803C Service Manual
Description
Minimum
Specification
Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment
High Frequency
Sine Wave GeneraĆ
tor
10 MHz to 10 GHz
WILTRON 6759B Opt 2
Sampling Head
SDĆSeries
SDĆ24 and any other Tektronix
SDĆSeries Sampling Head
except SDĆ14
Digital Voltmeter
(w/test leads)
v0.005% Accuracy
FLUKE 8842A Digital Voltmeter
Frequency Counter
One Part in
1,000,000
Accuracy
Tektronix DC 5010 Universal
Counter/Timer with a
TM 5000ĆSeries Power Module
Calibration Head
Tektronix Calibration Head
067Ć1413Ć00
Precision Voltage
Source
DATA PRECISION 8200
Test Terminal
any GPIB
IBM compatible PC with termiĆ
(IEEEĆ1978) controlĆ nal emulation software
ler, or ASCII termiĆ
nal equipped with
an RSĆ232ĆC port.
Requires compatĆ
ible RSĆ232ĆC serial
interface cable
Coaxial Cable, 50 W
(3 required)
50 W, 36Ćinch, male
BNC connectors
Tektronix Part 012-0482-00
Coaxial Cable, RF
RF cable, 12 in.,
SMA connectors
Tektronix Part 174-1364-00
RF cable, 8.5 in.,
SMA connectors
Tektronix Part 174-1120-00
4Ć3
Performance Verification
TableĂ4Ć2:ăTest Equipment (Cont.)
Description
Minimum
Specification
Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment
Adapters
BNC femaleĆtoĆmale Tektronix Part 103-0090-00
Dual Banana
BNC maleĆtoĆfemale Tektronix Part 103-0035-00
Dual Banana
SMA maleĆtoĆBNC
female (8 required)
Tektronix Part 015-1018-00
SMA femaleĆtoĆBNC
male
Tektronix Part 013-0126-00
SMA maleĆtoĆN
male
Tektronix Part 015-0369-00
Power Divider, 50 W
6 dB load isolation,
50 W, SMA connecĆ
tors
Tektronix Part 015-1014-00
Termination, 50 W
Impedance, 50 W;
accuracy within 2%;
SMA connectors,
Tektronix Part 015-1022-00
Attenuator, 10X
20 dB attenuation,
50 W, one male and
one female
Tektronix Part 011-0059-02
Attenuator, 2X
50 W, SMA, one
male and one feĆ
male
Tektronix Part 015-1001-00
Power Supplies
Troubleshooting
Fixture
Probe, 10X
Attenuation 10X
Tektronix P6106A
Pickoff, 10X
Picosecond Pulse Labs 5520A
Power Meter
HP 436A
Power Sensor
HP 8485A
Alignment Tool
Magnetic ScrewĆ
driver
4Ć4
Tektronix 067-1264-00
Extended Diagnostics
11000ĆSeries Power Supplies
troubleshooting fixture
Plastic hex
Tektronix Part 003-0301-00
Insulated slot
Tektronix Part 003-0675-01
Square Tip
(ceramic)
Tektronix Part 003-1400-00
Holder for Torx
head tips
Tektronix Part 003-0293-00
Performance Verification
Performance Verification
TableĂ4Ć2:ăTest Equipment (Cont.)
Description
Minimum
Specification
Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment
Torx Head ScrewĆ
driver
#10 tip
Tektronix Part 003-0814-00
#15 tip
Tektronix Part 003-0966-00
#20 tip
Tektronix Part 003-0866-00
External Loopback
Connector
RSĆ232ĆC connecĆ
tor
Tektronix Part 013-0198-00
Shorting Strap
Two alligator clips
on a short pigtail
conductor
Integrated Circuit
Extracting Tool
IC InsertionĆExtracĆ
tion Pliers, 28Ćpin
type
Board Removal
Tools
StraightĆslot screwĆ
driver, large
General Tool P/N U505BG or
equivalent
TorxĆdrive screwĆ
driver.
TĆ7, TĆ8, TĆ10, TĆ15,
TĆ20, TĆ25
Allen (hex) Wrench,
1/16Ćinch
Nutdrivers,
3/16Ćinch, 1/4Ćinch,
7/16Ćinch
NeedleĆnose pliers
Small Ruler
Antistatic wrist strap
CSA 803C Service Manual
Half inch rulings
Tektronix Part 006-3415-04
4Ć5
4Ć6
*/0.1)#*0 #.& ( 1) #.
#),#. 01.#
0# +$ (& . 0&+*
#.0&$&! 0# 1) #.
#!%*&!& *
#.0&! ( &* &./0 +), .0)#*0 !-1&/&0&+* # /1.#)#*0
% **#(
0#,
" 0 %#!',+&*0
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
) "&2
)
)
4Ć7
Performance Verification
CSA 803C Test Record (Cont.)
Performance Test
Minimum
)+! # !% !)*+ &$')+$ %+ (,!*!+!&% *,) $ %+
%% #
+ '
Incoming
Outgoing
Maximum
" + "'&!%+
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
" $
)+! # * + ,) . !)*+ &$')+$ %+
+ '
$
$
$
+ '
$
$
$
)+! # !% !) &$')+$ %+ (,!*!+!&% *,) $ %+
%% #
+ '
4Ć8
" + "'&!%+
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
$ !-
$
$
Performance Verification
Performance Verification
CSA 803C Test Record (Cont.)
Performance Test
Minimum
Incoming
Outgoing
Maximum
)
)
)
)
)
)
%' ! % " #%' !' $( & ' "! &(% !'
!!
'#
)
" ' #" !'
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć9
Performance Verification
CSA 803C Test Record (Cont.)
Performance Test
Minimum
Incoming
Vertical Offset Accuracy, Third Compartment
Outgoing
Maximum
"2 mV
Step 10.
400 mV
398 mV
__________
__________
402 mV
Step 12.
1V
0.998 V
__________
__________
1.002 V
2V
1.998 V
__________
__________
2.002 V
-400 mV
-402 mV
__________
__________
-398 mV
-1 V
-1.002 V
__________
__________
-0.998 V
-2 V
-2.002 V
__________
__________
-1.998 V
Sweep Rate Accuracy
ns Sweep Rate Accuracy
Step 10.
2 ns/div ("0.05%)
18.172 ns
__________
__________
18.192 ns
Step 14.
1 ns/div ("0.08%)
9.083 ns
__________
__________
9.098 ns
ps Sweep Rate Accuracy
Step 18.
100 ps/div ("0.8%)
902 ps
__________
__________
916 ps
Step 28.
10 ps/div ("2.5%)
248.1 mV
__________
__________
260.5 mV
Step 40.
1 ps/div ("10%)
23.1 mV
__________
__________
28.3 mV
__________
__________
2.5 ns
Internal Clock
Step 7.
Rise Time
Step 9.
Frequency
97 kHz
__________
__________
103 kHz
Duty Cycle
47%
__________
__________
53%
__________
__________
≈250 ps
__________
__________
275 mV
Calibrator Output
Step 7.
Rise Time
Amplitude
4Ć10
225 mV
Performance Verification
*( +-* 0- . "$) 2$/# . /0+ $''0./- /$*) /# / .#*2. 2# / / ./ ,0$+6
( )/ $. ) ) #*2 /* *)) / $/ # */# - +-* 0- . - ,0$- *)'4
'$ - / 6 -$ . (+'$)" ! - /* ' 6 ./ ,0$+( )/
*) /# +- $)" + " . !*- ) 3 (+' *! /# / ./ ,0$+( )/ !*- #
+-* 0-
) /# . +-* 0- . /# !*''*2$)" *)1 )/$*). - 0.
' // -. 2$/#$) /# * 4 *! / 3/ $ )/$!4 !-*)/ + ) ' *)/-*'.
$) $ /*-. ) *)) /*-. *) /#
!*- 3 (+'
) . (+'$)" #
' // -. $ )/$!4 ( )0 ' '. ) $.+' 4 ( .. " .
)$/$ ' +$/ ' ' // -. $ )/$!4 *)) /*-. *)/-*'. ) $) $ /*-. !*3 (+' ) *) ..* $ / / ./ ,0$+( )/
) .*( ./ +. /# !$-./ 2*- $. $/ '$ $5 /* $ )/$!4 ./ + /# / *)/ $).
+ -!*-( ) 1 -$!$ /$*) ) ) %0./( )/ $)./-0 /$*) *- 3 (+' $!
$. /# !$-./ 2*- $) /# /$/' *! ./ + ) ' /-$ ' .+ $!$ /$*) $.
# & !
++ -. $) /# /$/' /# ./ + $)1*'1 . ) ' /-$ '
%0./( )/ ! $. /# !$-./ 2*- $) /# /$/' /# ./ + *) -).
( .0- ( )/ '$($/. /# / $) $ / 2# /# - /#
$. *+ - /$)"
+-*+ -'4 /# . '$($/. - )*/ /* $)/ -+- / . ' /-$ ' .+ $!$ 6
/$*).
/ $'. *) ( .0- ( )/ / #)$,0 . ) $)./-0 /$*). !*- ( &$)" ( )0
. ' /$*). - " ) - ''4 )*/ $) '0 $) /# . +-* 0- . *(+- # ).$1
. -$+/$*). *! ( )0. )
! /0- . - '* / $) /#
1$ 2$)" /#
$.
./-*)"'4 - *(( ) /* ! ($'$ -$5 /# !$-./6/$( 0. - 2$/#
*)/-*'. ) ! /0- .
4Ć11
4Ć12
% %&! ! & % & "$!'$% &! & &$ %"&! %
* & %'$ & &% %& - ! ' &! + &%&
&
% " + "$!$ & "$!'$% ) ( ,+% &!
&
' &! %&% ! ' "&! % !$ %'$ & &%
$ ( & & ! "$!'$ '%& & "$!'$% $
' &
%&! $ &! &
!$ !$ !$ &! !'&
!"$&! &'" "$!'$ "$!(% !$ &! ! $ &%&
#'" & %&'" !$ &$! &! $ &! - !$ !$ !$ &!
! $ &%& #'" & '% & %&'"%
4Ć13
Performance Tests
PowerĆOn
Diagnostics
This procedure should be performed within the ambient temperature range
of +18 C to +28 C (64 F to 82 F) when a performance check at peak
operating conditions is required.
Setup to Invoke PowerĆOn Diagnostics
CSA 803C
Sampling
Head
(not
installed
yet)
Procedure to Invoke PowerĆOn Diagnostics
CAUTION
Applying a voltage outside the range printed on the sampling head
can result in damage. Static electricity is also a hazard.
The input diodes used in the sampling heads are very susceptible to damĆ
age from overdrive signal or DC voltages and from electrostatic discharge.
Never apply a voltage outside the range printed on the front of the sampling
head. Operate the CSA 803C only in a staticĆcontrolled environment.
Connect the wrist strap provided with the CSA 803C to the ANTISTATIC
CONNECTION, as shown in Figure 2Ć1. Refer to the CSA 803C CommunicaĆ
tions Signal Analyzer User Manual for more information.
ăStep 1:ăCheck that the sampling head is not yet installed and that the
ON/STANDBY switch is in the STANDBY position.
ăStep 2:ăRemove the top and bottom covers from the CSA 803C (unless
you are only performing a functional test).
ăStep 3:ăInstall an SD Series sampling head in the left sampling head
compartment marked CH 1/CH 2.
ăStep 4:ăWith the CSA 803C's rear panel PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH
set to OFF, connect the CSA 803C to a suitable power source.
4Ć14
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
ăStep 5:ăSet the rear panel PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to ON and then
set the CSA 803C's front panel ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
When the CSA 803C is first installed, the rear panel PRINCIPAL POWER
SWITCH should be set to and left in the ON position. From then on, use
the front panel ON/STANDBY switch to perform all subsequent power
switching.
ăStep 6:ăMonitor the following diagnostic run functions, and note the
range of possible results.
Diagnostics
Each time the front panel ON/STANDBY switch is set to ON, the CSA 803C
performs Kernel diagnostics on its microprocessor subsystems, followed by
SelfĆTest diagnostics on most of its major circuits. Failures from either of
these two sets of diagnostics may cause the CSA 803C to enter the ExĆ
tended Diagnostics menu as described in this procedure.
When Kernel diagnostics begin, the Diagnostics in Progress and Comm
Test in Progress messages are displayed on the screen. If the CSA 803C is
being poweredĆon from a cold condition, then the diagnostics may be
completed before the CRT is warmed up and able to display these mesĆ
sages. Diagnostic routines are then performed in parallel on each of the
CSA 803C's microprocessor subsystems (Display, Executive, Time Base,
and Mainframe Acquisition). Following successful execution of their Kernel
diagnostics, Acquisition microprocessors attempt to communicate with the
Time Base microprocessor and the Time Base and Display microprocessors
attempt to communicate with the Executive microprocessor.
Successful completion of Kernel diagnostics is indicated by the start of
SelfĆTest diagnostics. A failure of Kernel diagnostics will be indicated by the
message, Dsy Kernel Failure, or Comm Test in Progress displaying on the
screen (for Display kernel failures) and/or by a single highĆlow beep and
illuminated menu button indicators (for Executive kernel failures).
SelfĆTest Diagnostics
These begin by displaying SelfĆTest in Progress (when the Display microĆ
processor has successfully communicated with the Executive microprocesĆ
sor). Pattern changes on the display and the flashing of the display indicate
a test in progress. The SelfĆTest diagnostics are successfully completed
when the CSA 803C returns to normal operation. Any failures cause the CSA
803C to produce a double highĆlow beep, and then to display the Extended
Diagnostics menu on the screen. Faulty field replaceable units (FRUs) may
then be identified by touching the (?)Help label. If any errors occur, record
the error codes for the failed circuit block(s), and then refer the CSA 803C to
a qualified service person.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć15
" $ $" # " $& %" $ *#$ #$ #!%
'&" ) #$%" $# $" # %## $#$ %"
#%
%" %"# $ %$ $ ) $"# $ ($
#$#
# )# $
% % $
$' $ " & $# % $ $$ $ #$# $$ $ % $ $
) $ ## $ ($ $ %
# #$$ # # ' $ "$%" # $ " "$
$
### '"*
#$# $ " $* #$$ # $$ '"
$ $ $ #$ '"* " "#$ "
4Ć16
!"!
!
This procedure shows the setup and lists the test steps for calibrating Loop
Gain and Offset Null. Note that this is an optional enhanced accuracy proceĆ
dure and it fine tunes internal channel processing circuitry in conjunction
with any operational sampling head type being used (the 067-1413-00
calibration head is a service device and does not require system calibration).
This procedure also initiates a builtĆin CSA 803A program which causes the
mainframe to remember which sampling head type was used in the calibraĆ
tion. In this way, preĆcalibrated heads can be interchanged without requiring
recalibration.
"# " "
Sampling Head (except SDĆ14)
(not connected yet)
12 RF Cable
50 W Termination
(not connected yet)
# " "
'" 'PowerĆup and Initialize as follows:
Set the ON/STANDBY switch to ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocker / press
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
"& (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
"& (verify) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
'" 'Set up first Automatic Calibration as follows:
Press the UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"
# % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identify Channel () . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#" " " (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ #
press
press
touch
touch
touch
4Ć17
Performance Tests
ăStep 3:ă%#%! ' ##$
" %' #" & # #)&
#""' '
#('$(' '# ' &!$ " "$(' '#
%' 2
' Proceed " ' ##$
" $#$*($ !"( '#(
Store Constants " $#$*($ !"( '#(
ăStep 4:ă' ($ &#" ('#!' %' #" & # #)&
&#""' ' %' #" %#! ' &!$ " "$('
Offset " ! #% !"( '#(
Automatic Calibrate " $#$*($ !"( '#(
ăStep 5:ă%#%! ' &' ( %' #" & # #)&
#""' W '%! "' #" '# ' &!$ " "$('
' Proceed " $#$*($ !"( '#(
Store Constants " $#$*($ !"( '#(
Exit " $#$*($ !"( '#(
ăStep 6:ă$' '$& ' %#( #% &!$ " #!$%'!"'&
" "" & " '&'
4Ć18
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Extended
Diagnostics
! 0, ' " '(+," + ) * (*& &(* 0, '+". , +,"' ,!' ,! % 2 +,
" '(+," + ! 1 ' -+ ,( ++"+, ,*(-% +!((,"' )*," -%*%1 "'
+ *." '."*('& ',+
Setup to Invoke Extended Diagnostics
CSA 803C
,!
', * ,! '(*&% () *,"' &( /",!(-, '1 " '(+,"
"%-* + ) * (*& ,! (%%(/"' +, )+ ,( ', * ,! 0, ' " '(+," +
&( ( '(, ,, ! "')-,+ (* % + ,( ,!
(* ,! + , +,+
Procedure to Invoke Extended Diagnostics
ăStep 1:ă",! ,! +&)%"' ! "'+,%% + "%%-+,*, ! $ "'","%
(' ","('+ + (%%(/+
, ,!
+/", ! ,( )* ++
! $ +&)%"' ! % , -,,(' "+ ."+-%%1 ! $ "' " ,(*
CAUTION
You may lose stored settings, stored traces, or other data stored in
NVRAM by turning the power off (that is, setting the ON/STANDBY
switch to STANDBY or the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to OFF)
during the execution of the Extended Diagnostic tests that deal with
the Executive processor's NVRAM tests. However, this does not
seriously affect oscilloscope operation.
% , ,! -,,('
Page to Enhanced Accuracy "' &#(* & '-
Page to Utility2 "' &#(* & '-
Extended Diagnostic "' &#(* & '-
Extended Diagnostic "' )()2-) & '-
% , All, ' ,! ' Run ,( +,*, ,! , +,+
CSA 803C Service Manual
)* ++
,(- !
,(- !
,(- !
,(- !
,(- !
4Ć19
Performance Tests
ăStep 2:ă
Executive
!
Block
External I/O "
Area
GPIB
Routine
ăStep 3:ă
Run Intrpt Reset
Reset Status,
Run
Data Lines,
Run
Interrupt,
Run
ăStep 4:ă
Exit
4Ć20
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Vertical Reference
Voltage
This procedure checks that the vertical reference voltages are at +5 V and
-5 V at J63C on the A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect board (see FigĆ
ure 4Ć1).
This procedure should only be performed if maintenance is required.
This procedure is not necessary for verifying instrument specificaĆ
tions.
Specifications
The measured voltage must be within the limits of 5 V ±200 mV and -5 V
±200 mV.
Setup to Check Vertical Reference Voltage
CSA 803C
Digital Voltmeter
Hi
Low
A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board
(see Figure 4Ć1)
To ±5 V
To GND
Procedure to Check Vertical Reference Voltage
ăStep 1:ăInitialize the CSA 803C settings as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 2:ăConnect the Digital Voltmeter to the +5 V reference point and
GND on the A26 Mainframe (M/F) Acquisition Interconnect board. See
Figure 4Ć1.
ăStep 3:ăSet the Voltmeter for DC Voltage, and check for a reading of
+5 V, ±200 mV.
ăStep 4:ăConnect the Digital Voltmeter to the -5 V reference point and
GND on the A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect board.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć21
Performance Tests
ăStep 5:ă' ' " ' '% "%
" ' ! "% % ! "
+ m
' % !& !"' ! '#& "% % "('& ' &'' '&
' ! &%) ! " '
& %$( % "% "!' !( ! '" '
"% *"!' %! " #%"(%
Test Points
Figure 4Ć1:ăA26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect Board Test Point Locations
4Ć22
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Horizontal
Reference Clock
This procedure verifies the correct operation and accuracy of the
CSA 803A's horizontal reference clock (see Figure 4Ć2).
This procedure should only be performed if maintenance is required.
This procedure is not necessary for verifying instrument specificaĆ
tions.
Specifications
The operational frequency specification for the horizontal reference clock is
200,000 kHz ±5 kHz.
Setup to Check Horizontal Reference Clock
CSA 803C
Frequency
Counter
A5 Time Base/
Controller Board
(See Figure 4Ć2)
To Pin 9
of U191
10X Probe
To Pin 1
of U191
Procedure to Check Horizontal Reference Clock
ăStep 1:ăInitialize the CSA 803C settings as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 2:ăPerform the following operations on the CSA 803C in the order
listed:
CSA 803C Service Manual
Set the front panel ON/STANDBY switch to STANDBY.
Set the CSA 803C on its right side (as viewed from facing the front
of the CSA 803C).
Set the CSA 803C front panel ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
4Ć23
Performance Tests
ăStep 3:ăSet the Frequency Counter controls/output as follows:
Frequency counter
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency A
Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC
Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +(positive)
Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1X
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 MW
ăStep 4:ăAt U191 on the A5 Time Base/Controller board, touch the 10X
Probe to pin 9 and the ground probe to pin 1.
ăStep 5:ă that the frequency counter reads within the limits of
199,995 kHz and 200,005 kHz.
R710
U400
U300
U200
U100
U501
U801
MH400
C110
C210
C410
C310
C511
C510
R1324
U702
R1323
C1511
C1326
C610
U610
C3841
C811
C710
U710
U1000
C800
R803
R802
R801
R800
U701
U700
U500
U711
U810
C1413
J91
R901
R900
C901
E902 C902
R810
R3841
R1402
C1001
C3702
R1000
C1000
R1001
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1005
J902 J903
U901
E901
R3911
U1001
U910
U1510
MH100
U1011
U1010
C812
U1200
C1004
C1003
U1110
R1210
CR1210
R1302
C1214
U1211
U1210
U911
U1310
J1320
U1312
C1301
C1302
U1311
C810
C921
U920
U3061
R1011
C1020
C1216
C1111
C1220
U1021
U3060
U1121
J730
C440
C240
C640
C741
U640
U741
U740
R840
C840
R1130
U840
C830
R930
U841
U940
U941
U1041
U1040
C1130
U1140
SH500
U240
DS156
R150
C161
TP251
DS157
C160
C260
TP260
U260
U161
TP250
R350
R351
R352
R353
R260
C360
U360
U361
TP360
C650
C750
C751
C850
C851
U651
U750
U751
U850
U851
R450
J450
J451
C250
U250
TP550
TP551
TP552
TP553
TP554
TP555
TP556
U551
U560
C1050
C951
U950
U1150
R570
U561
R660
C660
R760
C761
R761
C760
U661
U760
U761
J860
R3223
C961
C960
U961
U960
C1061
C1060
U1060
U1061
C1161
12
14
16
18
12
14
16
18
C1160
U3013
U1160
U1161
4
2
28
26
1310 86
3
15
U3051
17 1
27
202224
C270
C370
TP270 U370
U371
R270
C381
C380
U380
U381
C470
SH700
R480
U480
C570
U580
C571
TP580
U190
U191
C390
C391
U390
U290
C392
U490
U870
R1070
TP1070
U971
TP1071
U881
C780
R3137
R3111
R3132
R3113
U3052
U3011
U880
U790
C890
R690
U981
C1071
C1170
C1171
U1081
U1080
U1180
U1181
R3506
SH300 U1252
2826242220
C1070
17
J24A
R3112
C3112
C3160
R3561
C1270
J29A
J25A
J24D
J24B
J25D
J24C
J25B
U3015
R3151
R1472
U3016
F1180
R1090
TP984
R1091
C1371
C1191
C1292 C1392 C1490
C1190
TP1090
C1090
J18
TP591
R1190
DS1190
SH600
TP590
C492
Pin 1
25
23
21
19
C1211
J25C
TP1471
R1473
U1371
TP1570
U980
TP980
TP981
TP982
TP983
MH300
U491
4 2 28 26
U3056
U780
TP585
J30A
R1573
U1460
R1252
R1631
TP586
U391
R970
U970
R980
TP583
C491
R1474
R1570
12141618
C1611
R3131
C3110
R3516
TP870
U771
C680
U680
U582
U583
C490
C290
TP584
TP581
U481
TP582
R590
C190
R670
TP771
U770
R580
U581
13
15
17
20
19 2123 25
C3530
R3514
L3510
TP770 TP772
J35
L3500
16
5
6 3 1 27
7
8
24
U1581
9
10 22
13151720
11
4
2
28
26
6
1310 83
U3031
15
17 1
27
202224
R3704
119 7 5
U3014
R3135
R3318
C3312
19 2123 25
R3513
C170
R170
C1560
U3050
R3212
2
B
3 C
E
1
119 7 5
119 7 5
C860
4
2
28
26
1310 86
3
15
U1430
17 1
27
202224
19 2123 25
J1570
C3310
J861
U860
R3304
U1570
R3312
U3080
U660
12
14
16
18
4
2
28
26
U3021
R3211
R3215
C1213
R3801
U650
1310 86
3
15
U3020
17 1
27
202224
C3305
C1561
U1630
U3081
SH200
U1151
119 7 5
U3032
R1150
C1150
C1051
U1050
U951
U1330
19 2123 25
C460
U460
C950
C3301
19 2123 25
C3700C3211
R3321
R3322
R3323 C3214
R4002
R4001
CR4001
E
Q4005
CR4005
R4005
R4006
U440
C140
12
14
16
18
TP1371
C1321
R1356
R1359
C1501
119 7 5
U1320
J830
R730
C740
C3202
R1345
U1332
U930
R1313
R1312
C330
U150
C1320
U1220
C530
SH100
C141
U830
R1010
C1010
C920
R720
J32
J16
U820
U831
J15
C1223
L1290
R890
C1290
C1192
C1291
L1292
C1293
L1291
C1481
C1280
C1283
C1381
U1280
U1380
U1480
TP1370
MH200
C1391
C1390
J83
C493
R190
U191
R390
J23
Pin 9
Figure 4Ć2:ăA5 Time Base/Controller Board Test Point Locations
4Ć24
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Vertical Accuracy
This procedure shows the setups and lists the steps to check the vertical
accuracy of the CSA 803C.
Setup to Check Vertical Gain
CSA 803C
Prec. Voltage Source
W
!
Procedure to Check Vertical Gain
ăStep 1:ăInstall a Calibration Head (067-1413-00) into the position
shown in the setup diagram (CHĂ1/CHĂ2 slot). If the unit is in Standby
mode, set the power switch to ON. Set the Precision Voltage Source to
0 V and connect it to Channel 2 of the Calibration Head.
NOTE
Time Base
!
"
ăStep 2:ăInitialize the mainframe as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 3:ăTrigger the CSA 803C as follows:
TRIGGER button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Source (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Internal Clock (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć25
% "% ! &'&
+'#
+Identify the trace as follows:
% icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Identify Channel () . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select !'% & . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
+'#
+Set the mainframe Vert Offset as follows:
Vert size icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set %' *
to 2 mV/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
+'#
+ Set Averaging as follows:
$( % & (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
)% (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
+'#
+Select the Mean Measurement as follows:
MEASURE button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
&(% !'& (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
! (in the &(% !'& popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
" #% %!& (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
) (%%!' & (& & %!& (in popĆup menu) .
" #% " (to "! in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
+'#
+Set the Voltage source to 8 mV.
Select ") % % (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select % % (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
+'#
+Wait for averaging to complete. Then, check that the DMean
value is to be within 7.8 mV (lower spec) and 8.2 mV (upper spec).
NOTE
Averaging will complete faster if you exit the measurement menu
and then return when averaging is complete. Alternatively, use the
dial to move the Main Size setting two notches higher than the
default setting.
+'#
+Change the polarity of the voltage differential coming from the
precision voltage Source. Check that the DMean value is between
-7.8 mV and -8.2 mV.
4Ć26
% "% ! % ' "!
Performance Tests
ăStep 11:ă!"!, .* '! 4
) check ./ ' ,!-/'.- # %)-. .$! . '!
-+! %"% .%*)- "*, .$! -!..%)# '!0!'- %) % .!
NOTE
Specifications are one percent of full scale at each volts/div setting.
Example: at 5 mV/div full scale for 10 div is 50 mV, which gives an
upper and lower spec tolerance of +0.5 mV and -0.5 mV.
TableĂ4Ć3:ăVoltage Source Settings
Sens.
Source V
Lower Spec
Upper Spec
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
3
(
(
(
( %0
3
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
( %0
(
(
(
NOTE
Up to now, you have been working with trace 1 (Channel 2) and
internal mainframe acquisition measurement channel 1. Use the
following steps to verify the vertical accuracy through internal
acquisition measurement channel 2, using trace 2. (Don't remove
Voltage Source from Calibration Head Channel 2).
ăStep 12:ă)%.% '%2! .$! ( %)", (! - "*''*1-
/..*) +,!-Initialize %) ( &*, (!)/ .*/ $
Initialize %) 0!,%"% .%*) +*+4/+ (!)/ .*/ $
ăStep 13:ă,%##!, .$!
- "*''*1-
/..*) +,!-Source %) ( &*, (!)/ .*/ $
Internal Clock %) +*+4/+ (!)/ .*/ $
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć27
$"$ ! %&%
*&# * !$( -# !$+,- -+ , !)&&)0,
$ $ )( -). #
(-$!2 # (( & -). #
& - !&$ % -). #
)- -# - $ # ,
)/ !
( , & - - -# , )! -# , +
( %.,-
*&# * !$( -# , )( -+ , !)&&)0,
$ $ )( -). #
(-$!2 # (( & -). #
& - !&$ % -). #
)- -# - $ # , ()0
)/ !
( , & - - -# , )! -# , +
( %.,-
*&# * * - ,- *, -#+)."#
*&# *)0 + )0( -#
&'# &"
%& '$(
Prec. Voltage Source
W
$"'$ &"
%& '$(
*&# *#$, , )( / +-$ & .+ 2 - ,- ., , -# , ' , -.* *+ &$'$4
( +$ , , -# *+ /$)., - ,- # &$ + -$)( $' , ++)+ 0$&&
)(&2 + 4 ** + $! 2). # / -$/ - *)0 +4.* $ "(),-$ , ! ,) 1$ $ "(),-$ , ( $( $-# + , )(-$(. !+)' # +
*&# *($-$ &$3 -# ' $(!+ ' , !)&&)0,
.--)( *+ ,,
! & ) $( ' %)+ ' (. -). #
! & ) $( / +$!$ -$)( *)*4.* ' (. -). #
4Ć28
$"$ ! $ & "!
Performance Tests
ăStep 3:ăTrigger the CSA 803C as follows:
TRIGGER button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Source (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Internal Clock (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 4:ăDefine the trace as follows:
Def Tra icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Identify Channel (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select Enter Desc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 5:ăSet Averaging as follows:
Acquire Desc (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Average N (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 6:ăSelect the Mean Measurement as follows:
MEASURE Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurements (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mean (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compare & Reference (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Save Current Meas Values as References
(in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compare off (changes to on / in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . .
Select Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
ăStep 7:ăSet the Vertical Size and Offset as follows:
Vertical size icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
the Vert Size: M2 to 10 mV/div . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
Vert Offset: M2 (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Key in 400 mV (400m) on the popĆup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select Enter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Check that 400 mV has now entered into the display below Vert Offset:
M2.
ăStep 8:ăConnect the Voltage Source to the DIRECT input of the CalibraĆ
tion Head.
ăStep 9:ă
the Voltage Source to 400 mV.
ăStep 10:ăWait for averaging to complete. Then, that DMean value
is between -2 mV and +2 mV.
ăStep 11:ăRepeat Steps 2 through 10 for the offset values shown in
Table 4Ć4.
ăStep 12:ăPowerĆoff the CSA 803C.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć29
Performance Tests
TableĂ4Ć4:ăVertical Offset Test Values
Sens.
4Ć30
Source V/
Vert Offset
Lower Spec
Upper Spec
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
System Vertical
RMS Noise
This procedure uses the RMS measurement function to measure the noise
on the trace from a sampling head compartment.
Setup to Examine Vertical RMS Noise
CSA 803C
Procedure to Examine Vertical RMS Noise
ăStep 1:ăInstall the Calibration Head (067-1413-00) into the position
shown in the setup diagram. If the unit was in standby mode, set the
ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
NOTE
Time Base
ăStep 2:ăInitialize the mainframe as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 3:ăTrigger the CSA 803C as follows:
TRIGGER button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Source (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Internal Clock (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 4:ăIdentify the trace as follows:
Def Tra icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Identify Channel (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select Enter Desc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć31
Performance Tests
ăStep 5:ă , ,! &"' *& *, "1 + (%%(/+
*, "1 " (' ,(- !
, Vert Size:M1 ,( & ". #-+, -)) * $'(
ăStep 6:ă , ,! * (* % ' ,! + (%%(/+
Horizontal Desc "' &#(* & '- ,(- !
Main Record Length "' )()2-) & '- ,(- !
, Main Record Len ,(
)("',+ #-+, -)) * $'(
ăStep 7:ă,(* ,! ,* + (%%(/+
-,,(' )* ++
Store Trace "' &#(* & '- ,(- !
Trace 1 "' )()2-) & '- ,(- !
(, ,!, 0(- &-+, ,(- ! * . ' ,!(- ! ", "+ !" !%" !, "'
,! & '-
Recall Trace "' &#(* & '- ,(- !
STO 1 "' )()2-) & '- ,(- !
ăStep 8:ă +-* ,! ' .%- + (%%(/+
-,,('
Measurements "' &#(* & '-
Mean "' )()2-) & '-
Exit Menu "' )()2-) & '-
)* ++
,(- !
,(- !
,(- !
NOTE
Record (write down) the mean value for use in the next step.
ăStep 9:ă "' ,! ,* ,( +,(* + (%%(/+
Def Tra " ('
Stored Traces "' )()2-) & '-
Stored 1 "' )()2-) & '-
', * & ' .%-
,(- !
,(- !
,(- !
,(- !
+ ,! )()2-) $ 0 ) ,( ', * ,! & ' .%-
* (* "' , )
NOTE
For example, if mean value is 50.2 mV, you would key in
-(50.2 EEX - 6)". STO1 already appears on upper left of display.
Exponents are entered by pressing the EEX key, followed by the
sign of the exponent (if negative), followed by the exponent value.
4Ć32
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Enter Desc (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 10:ăMeasure the RMS value as follows:
MEASURE button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurements (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RMS (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
that RMS is v200 mV.
Exit Menu (to exit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
ăStep 11:ăErase the test traces as follows:
STORE/RECALL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete Trace (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Traces (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete Selected Traces (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
ăStep 12:ăRepeat Steps 4 through 11 at the sensitivities listed in
Table 4Ć5 and check the resulting RMS against the matching specificaĆ
tion value in the table.
TableĂ4Ć5:ăSensitivity Settings
Sensitivity
Upper Limit
5 mV/div
500 mV
10 mV/div
1 mV
20 mV/div
632 mV
50 mV/div
1.58 mV
100 mV/div
3.16 mV
200 mV/div
6.32 mV
ăStep 13:ăPowerĆoff the CSA 803C. Move the calibration head to the
second slot (CH3/CH4) and repeat steps 1Ć12.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć33
#!# $%$
'" % &#)
This procedure shows the setups and lists the steps to check the Sweep
Rate Accuracy.
%&" %! ( '" % &#)
High
Frequency
Signal
Generator
Output
W
W
#!&# %! ( '" % &#)
+%" +Install the SDĆ24 Sampling Head into the compartment shown
in the setup diagram (CH 1/CH 2 slot). If the unit was in standby mode
set the ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
+%" +Initialize the mainframe as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
% * (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
% * (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
+%" +Set the horizontal record length as follows:
!# *! % $ (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
!# % (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set !# to 1024 points . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
+%" +Identify the trace as follows:
# icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Identify Channel () . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select %# $ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
4Ć34
#!# # % !
Performance Tests
ăStep 5:ăEngage high precision calibration mode as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page to Enhanced Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Base Cal Mode (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Prec (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
touch
Sweep Rate Accuracy 2 ns/div
ăStep 6:ăAdjust the Sweep Rate to 2 ns/div.
Horizontal icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set Main Size to 2 ns/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
ăStep 7:ăAdjust the Signal Generator to the following settings:
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 MHz
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 VRMS
NOTE
Check that selected Sampling Head channel (1) indicator is flashĆ
ing. If not, select channel (1) by pressing select button.
ăStep 8:ăTurn mainframe averaging on.
WAVEFORM button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquire Desc (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average N On (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select Exit (in the popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
NOTE
Position the display so the sine wave is centered on the screen. To
ensure accurate period measurement, the display must be a full
cycle.
ăStep 9:ăObtain Period as follows:
MEASURE button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Period (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Menu (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
ăStep 10:ăExamine that the period is between 18.172 ns and 18.192 ns,
showing that the sweep rate accuracy is within .05%.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć35
' %'#$ ()(
, & ) *'. $( !+
0) & 0
the Sweep Rate to 1 ns/div.
Horizontal (
) icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set !$ !/ to 1 ns/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
0) & 0
the Signal Generator to the following settings:
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 MHz
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 VRMS
0) & 0Press the UTILITY button and
the lower knob for a
display showing a full waveform.
0) & 0 Press the MEASURE button and for a period interval
between 9.083 ns and 9.098 ns, showing that the sweep rate accuracy
is within 0.08%.
, & ) *'. &( !+
0) & 0Use the upper control knob to adjust the !$ !/ to 100 ps/
div.
0) &
0
the Signal Generator to the following settings:
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 GHz
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 VpĆp (1.4 VRMS)
(Set for 1.000 ±0.004 VpĆp on screen.)
0) & 0Press the UTILITY button and
the lower knob for a
display showing a full waveform.
0) & 0Press the MEASURE button and for a period interval
between 902 ps and 916 ps, showing that the sweep rate accuracy is
within 0.8%.
, & ) *'. &( !+
0) &
0
the Signal Generator to the following settings:
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 MHz
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 VpĆp (1.4 VRMS)
(Set for 1.000 ±0.004 VpĆp on screen.)
0) & 0Invoke smoothing as follows:
WAVEFORM button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#&"!$ $( (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
#%%) !$ $ (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-!) (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
0) & 0
the !$ !/ to 1130 ps/div.
4Ć36
' %'#$ '! !)!%$
Performance Tests
ăStep 22:ă the Main Pos to 55 ns.
ăStep 23:ăSet the Main Pos control (lower knob) so that the zero crossĆ
ing of the waveform occurs on the center graticule.
ăStep 24:ăSet the horizontal reference point to Center as follows, so that
the waveform will be expanded about the horizontal center:
WAVEFORM button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Horizontal Desc (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Center (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 25:ă the Vertical Size as follows:
Vertical icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set Vert Size to 50 mV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
ăStep 26:ă the Main Size as follows:
Horizontal icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set the Main Size to 10 ps/div. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
ăStep 27:ăActivate the cursors as follows:
Cursors icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 28:ăRead the Dv located in the major menu. Dv should be within
-260.5 mV and -248.1 mV or +248.1 mV and +260.5 mV, showing
that the sweep rate accuracy is within 2.5%.
ăStep 29:ăTouch Exit (in the major menu).
Sweep Rate Accuracy 1 ps/div
ăStep 30:ă the Signal Generator to the following settings:
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 MHz
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 VpĆp (1.4 VRMS)
(Set for 1.000 ±0.004 VpĆp on screen.)
ăStep 31:ăInvoke smoothing as follows:
WAVEFORM button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampling Head Fnc's (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smoothing On (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
ăStep 32:ă the Main Size to 130 ps/div.
ăStep 33:ă the Main Pos to 55 ns.
ăStep 34:ăSet the Main Pos control (lower knob) so that the zero crossĆ
ing of the waveform occurs on the center graticule.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć37
# # $%$
*%! *Set the horizontal reference point to
%# as follows, so that
the waveform will be expanded around the horizontal center:
WAVEFORM button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
# ) % $ (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
%# (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
*%! * the Vertical Size as follows:
Vertical icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set #% ) to 5 mV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
*%! *Set the Main Size as follows:
Horizontal icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Set ) to 1 ps/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
*%! *Turn the mainframe Average on.
WAVEFORM button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"& # $ (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'# (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select ( % (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
*%!
*Activate the cursors as follows:
&#$ #$ icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
*%! *Read the D' located in the major menu. D' should be within
-28.3 mV and -23.1 mV, or within +23.1 mV and +28.3 mV, showing
that the sweep rate accuracy is within 10%.
*%! *Touch ( % (in the major menu).
4Ć38
# # # %
Performance Tests
Triggering,
External Direct
This procedure verifies the correct operation and accuracy of the
CSA 803A's trigger system.
Specifications
The specifications for triggering using the external trigger are as follows:
100 mVpĆp at 300 MHz
100 mVpĆp at 1000 MHz
100 mVpĆp at 3.0 GHz
Setup to Check Triggering
CSA 803C
SDĆ24
Sampling
Head
CH 1
2X Attenuators
High Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator
Output
Trigger Input
50 W Coaxial Cables
Power Divider
Procedure to Check Triggering
ăStep 1:ăInstall the SDĆ24 Sampling Head into the position shown in the
setup diagram (CH 1/CH 2 slot). If the unit was in standby mode, set the
ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
ăStep 2:ăInitialize the mainframe as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 3:ăAdjust the high frequency generator to 400 mVpĆp at 300 MHz.
ăStep 4:ăOn the Sampling Head, press the Channel 1 select button.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć39
Performance Tests
ăStep 5:ă# , '$$'/!& + $ ,!'&+
-,,'& (* ++
$! ,$0 "-+, , *! * . $ !& *! * %"'* % &- ! & ++*0
-,,'& (* ++
Measurement !& %"'* % &- ,'-
PeakĆPeak !& ('(2-( % &- ,'-
-,,'& (* ++
Sampling Head Fnc's !& %"'* % &- ,'-
Smoothing On !& ('(2-( % &- ,'-
Exit !& ('(2-( % &- ,'-
ăStep 6:ă /. '*% '* +,$ ,*! *!& +!& * ( ,
, !+ (*' -* '* , '$$'/!& * )- &0 & *,'* + ,,!& +
%(2( , 1
%(2( , 1
4Ć40
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Prescaler Triggering
This procedure verifies the correct operation and accuracy of the
CSA 803A's Prescaler trigger system.
Specifications
The specifications for Prescaler triggering are as follows:
800 mVpĆp at 2 GHz
600 mVpĆp at 3 GHz
600 mVpĆp at 10 GHz
Setup to Check Prescaler Triggering
SDĆ22, SDĆ24, or SDĆ26
CH 1
CSA 803C
High Frequency Generator
Output
Input
B10
PRESCALER TRIGGER Input
X1
Power Meter
Picosecond Pulse
Labs 5520A
10X PickĆoff
Sensor
Input
Power
Reference
10 GHz Power
Meter Sensor
Procedure to Check Prescaler Triggering
ăStep 1:ăInstall the SDĆ24 Sampling Head into the CH 1/CH 2 slot of the
mainframe. Set the ON/STANDBY switch to ON and let the instrument
warm up for approximately 15 minutes. Initialize the mainframe settings,
then perform the following settings and steps.
ăStep 2:ăConnect the High Frequency Generator to the Picosecond
Pulse Labs (PSPL) 10X PickĆoff IN. Connect the PSPL
10 output to
Channel 1 of the Sampling Head.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć41
Performance Tests
ăStep 3:ăConnect the PSPL X1 output to the power meter/sensor (meter/
sensor must be calibrated). Set the Generator frequency to 2 GHz.
the Generator output until the power meter reads:
2.0 dBm (800 mVpĆp). Use correction factors for the sensor.
ăStep 4:ăConnect the PSPL X1 output to the CSA 803A Prescaler Trigger
input.
ăStep 5:ăCSA 803A mainframe settings:
DefTra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Select Channel 1, M1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
TRIGGER button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
External Prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Horizontal (
) icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Adjust Main Size to 200 ps/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
Vertical ( ) icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Adjust Main Size to 10 mV/div . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
ăStep 6:ăTurn AVG ON. display for stable triggering. Then turn the
AVG OFF.
ăStep 7:ăRepeat steps 3, 4, 5 and 6 for the following settings:
TableĂ4Ć6:ăPrescaler Test Settings
4Ć42
Generator Freq
Power Reading
Main Size
Vert Size
3 GHz
-0.458 dBm
(600 mVpĆp)
50 ps/div
10 mV/div
10 GHz
-0.458 dBm
(600 mVpĆp)
50 ps/div
10 mV/div
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Internal Clock
This procedure verifies the correct operation and accuracy of the
CSA 803A's Internal Clock signal.
Measurement Limits
The measurement limits of the internal clock pulse are as follows:
H
rise time v2.5 ns
H
frequency of 100 kHz ±3% accuracy
H
duty cycle 50% ±3%
Setup to Examine Internal Clock
CSA 803C
I
Procedure to Examine Internal Clock
ăStep 1:ăInstall the SDĆ24 Sampling Head into the position shown in the
setup diagram (CH 1/CH 2 slot). If the unit was in standby mode, set the
ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
ăStep 2:ăInitialize the mainframe as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 3:ăTrigger the CSA 803C as follows:
TRIGGER Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Source (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Clock
ăStep 4:ăOn the Sampling Head, press the Channel 1 select button.
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć43
Performance Tests
ăStep 5:ăSet up the CSA 803C as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Instrument Options (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Edge Mode (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 6:ăOn the CSA 803C, press the AUTOSET button.
ăStep 7:ăCheck the rise time as follows:
MEASURE button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurements (in the major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rise (in the popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
that Rise is v2.5 ns.
Exit Menu (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
ăStep 8:ăChange the sweep rate as follows:
Horizontal (
) icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Adjust Main Size to 5 ms/div. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust upper knob
ăStep 9:ăCheck the frequency as follows:
MEASURE button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Measurements (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Frequency (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Duty Cycle (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
that the frequency is between 97 kHz and 103 kHz
(100 kHz ±3%).
that the Duty Cycle is between 47% and 53% (50% ±3%).
Exit Menu (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
4Ć44
Performance Verification
Performance Tests
Calibrator Output
This procedure verifies the correct operation and accuracy of the
CSA 803A's Calibrator.
Measurement Limits
The measurement limits of the calibrator are as follows:
H
amplitude 250 mV ±15%
H
rise time ≈250Ăps
Setup to Examine Calibrator
CSA 803C
I
Procedure to Examine Calibrator
ăStep 1:ăInstall the SDĆ24 Sampling Head into the position shown in the
setup diagram (CH 1/CH 2 slot). If the unit was in standby mode, set the
ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
ăStep 2:ăInitialize the mainframe as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 3:ăTrigger the CSA 803C as follows:
TRIGGER Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Source (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch
Internal Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch
ăStep 4:ăOn the Sampling Head, press the Channel 1 select button.
ăStep 5:ăSet up the CSA 803C as follows:
UTILITY Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Instrument Options (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch
Edge Mode (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch
CSA 803C Service Manual
4Ć45
Performance Tests
ăStep 6:ăOn the CSA 803C, press the AUTOSET button.
ăStep 7:ăCheck the peakĆtoĆpeak amplitude as follows:
MEASURE button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Measurements (in the major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
PeakĆPeak (in the popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Rise (in the popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Rise (in the major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Proximal (in the popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Adjust Proximal for 20% and Distal for 80%.
that peakĆtoĆpeak amplitude is within 212.5 mV and 287.5 mV
(250 mV ±15%).
Check that rise time is approximately 250Ăps.
4Ć46
Performance Verification
This section contains procedures to check electrical specifications, to exĆ
amine measurement limits, and to manually set all internal adjustments
listed in Table 5Ć1. Use these procedures to return the CSA 803C to speciĆ
fied operation following repair or as part of a comprehensive performance
test procedure to verify that the CSA 803C meets specifications. To adjust
the CSA 803C, simply perform the procedures listed in this section. The
Measurement Limits are given at the beginning of each procedure. FunctionĆ
al tests are included in the
section. Refer to the
for more informaĆ
tion about specifications and CSA 803C operation. The Setup in each proceĆ
dure provides information concerning test equipment setup or
interconnection. Refer to Table 5Ć2 for more information concerning test
equipment used in the setups.
Most Adjustment and Performance Verification procedures can be run in any
order. However, the Sampling Head Calibration must always precede other
procedures which use an operational sampling head. Also, if different samĆ
pling heads are used, then sampling head calibration is required for each
additional sampling head.
5Ć1
(Examine)
(Adjust)
/,3"(& 400,7
3/
./.&
/,3"(& &'&1&.$&
3/
&' '/1
&(4,"3/1 &'&1&.$&
3/
&' '/1
/6&1 400,7
*20,"7
43/''
5*2*#,&
/. 31".2'/1-&1 /.
1*5&1 #/"1% 4.3*, %*20,"7
"00&"12
/.5&1(&.$&
01*-"17 $/,/12 "1& ./3 2&0"1"3&%
*. 3)& 6)*3& (1*%
'/1
/03*-4- $/.5&1(&.$& /' 1&%
(1&&. ".% #,4&
/$42
'/$42&% (1*% 0"33&1.
/. 31".2'/1-&1 /.
1*5&1 #/"1% '/1 /03*-4'/$42 /. 6)*3& (1*% 0"33&1.
",*(. 6*3) 3*$ -"1+2
! ".%
'/1 /03*-4- ",*(.-&.3
/1*8/.3", *8& *.&"1*37 ".%
/2*3*/.
",*(. 6*3) 3*$ -"1+2 ".% '/1
/03*-4- "00&"1".$&
: !
:
".%
:
'/1 /03*-4",*(.-&.3 ".% ,*.&"1*37
1"7 $",&
6)*3& "3 3)& 3/0 /' 3)& %*20,"7
(1"7 "3 3)& #/33/- ".% 3)& 1*()3
2*%& /' 3)& %*20,"7 *2 $43 /''
/. 31".2'/1-&1 /.
1*5&1 #/"1%
".%
'/1 $43/'' ".% $/,/1 #",".$&
/,/1 -041*37
./ 2&5&1& $/,/1 *-041*3*&2 *. 1&%
(1&&. ".% #,4& %*20,"7
$7$,& 0/6&1 /. ".% /''
m2 9
m2
&", *-& ,/$+ '/1 m2
&13*$", *8& ".% /2*3*/.
&", *-& ,/$+
5Ć2
Adjustments
Test Equipment
Table 5Ć2 (Test Equipment), contains suggested test equipment for use in
this section. Procedure steps are based on the test equipment examples
given, but you may substitute other equipment with similar specifications.
The use of different equipment may alter test results, setup information, and
related connectors and adapters.
TableĂ5Ć2:ăTest Equipment
Description
Minimum
Specification
Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment
Digital Voltmeter
(w/test leads)
v0.005% Accuracy
FLUKE 8842A Digital Voltmeter
Frequency Counter
One Part in
1,000,000 Accuracy
Tektronix DC 5010 Universal
Counter/Timer with a
TM 5000ĆSeries Power Module
Test Terminal
any GPIB
IBM compatible PC with
(IEEEĆ1978) controlĆ terminal emulation software
ler, or ASCII termiĆ
nal equipped with
an RSĆ232ĆC port.
Requires compatĆ
ible RSĆ232ĆC serial
interface cable
Coaxial Cable, 50 W
(3 required)
50 W, 36Ćinch, male
BNC connectors
Tektronix Part 012-0482-00
Coaxial Cable, RF
RF cable, 12 in.,
SMA connectors
Tektronix Part 174-1364-00
RF cable, 8.5 in.,
SMA connectors
Tektronix Part 174-1120-00
Adapters
BNC femaleĆtoĆmale Tektronix Part 103-0090-00
Dual Banana
BNC maleĆtoĆfemale Tektronix Part 103-0035-00
Dual Banana
Attenuator, 10X
CSA 803C Service Manual
SMA maleĆtoĆBNC
female (8 required)
Tektronix Part 015-1018-00
SMA femaleĆtoĆBNC
male
Tektronix Part 013-0126-00
SMA maleĆtoĆN
male
Tektronix Part 015-0369-00
20 dB attenuation,
50 W, one male and
one female
Tektronix Part 011-0059-02
5Ć3
Adjustments
TableĂ5Ć2:ăTest Equipment (Cont.)
Description
Minimum
Specification
Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment
Attenuator, 2X
50 W, SMA, one
male and one
female
Tektronix Part 015-1001-00
Power Supplies
Troubleshooting
Fixture
Probe, 10X
Attenuation 10X
Tektronix P6106A
Pickoff, 10X
Picosecond Pulse Labs 5520A
Power Meter
HP 436A
Power Sensor
HP 8485A
Alignment Tool
5Ć4
Tektronix 067-1264-00
Extended Diagnostics
11000ĆSeries Power Supplies
troubleshooting fixture
Plastic hex
Tektronix Part 003-0301-00
Insulated slot
Tektronix Part 003-0675-01
Square Tip
(ceramic)
Tektronix Part 003-1400-00
Magnetic ScrewĆ
driver
Holder for Torx
head tips
Tektronix Part 003-0293-00
Torx Head ScrewĆ
driver
#10 tip
Tektronix Part 003-0814-00
#15 tip
Tektronix Part 003-0966-00
#20 tip
Tektronix Part 003-0866-00
External Loopback
Connector
RSĆ232ĆC connecĆ
tor
Tektronix Part 013-0198-00
Shorting Strap
two alligator clips
on a short pigtail
conductor
Integrated Circuit
Extracting Tool
IC InsertionĆExtracĆ
tion Pliers, 28Ćpin
type
General Tool P/N U505BG or
equivalent
Adjustment Procedures
Adjustments
TableĂ5Ć2:ăTest Equipment (Cont.)
Description
Minimum
Specification
Board Removal
Tools
StraightĆslot screwĆ
driver, large
Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment
TorxĆdrive screwĆ
driver,
TĆ7, TĆ8, TĆ10, TĆ15,
TĆ20, TĆ25
Allen (hex) Wrench,
1/16Ćinch
Nutdrivers,
3/16Ćinch, 1/4Ćinch,
7/16Ćinch
NeedleĆnose pliers
Small Ruler
Antistatic wrist strap
CSA 803C Service Manual
half inch rulings
Tektronix Part 006-3415-04
5Ć5
*( +-* 0- . "$) 2$/# . /0+ $''0./- /$*) /# / .#*2. 2# / / ./ ,0$+6
( )/ $. ) ) #*2 /* *)) / $/ # */# - +-* 0- . - ,0$- *)'4
'$ - / 6 -$ . (+'$)" ! - /* ' 6 ./ ,0$+( )/ *)
/# +- $)" + " . !*- ) 3 (+' *! /# / ./ ,0$+( )/ !*- # +-* 6
0-
) /# . +-* 0- . /# !*''*2$)" *)1 )/$*). - 0.
' // -. 2$/#$) /# * 4 *! / 3/ $ )/$!4 !-*)/ + ) ' *)/-*'.
$) $ /*-. ) *)) /*-. *) /#
!*- 3 (+'
) . (+'$)" #
' // -. $ )/$!4 ( )0 ' '. ) $.+' 4 ( .. " .
)$/$ ' +$/ ' ' // -. $ )/$!4 *)) /*-. *)/-*'. ) $) $ /*-. !*3 (+' ) *) ..* $ / / ./ ,0$+( )/
) .*( ./ +. /# !$-./ 2*- $. $/ '$ $5 /* $ )/$!4 ./ + /# / *)/ $).
+ -!*-( ) 1 -$!$ /$*) ) ) %0./( )/ $)./-0 /$*) *- 3 (+' $!
$. /# !$-./ 2*- $) /# /$/' *! ./ + ) ' /-$ ' .+ $!$ /$*) $.
# & !
++ -. $) /# /$/' /# ./ + $)1*'1 . ) ' /-$ '
%0./( )/ ! $. /# !$-./ 2*- $) /# /$/' /# ./ + *) -).
( .0- ( )/ '$($/. /# / $) $ / 2# /# - /#
$. *+ - /$)"
+-*+ -'4 /# . '$($/. - )*/ /* $)/ -+- / . ' /-$ ' .+ $!$ 6
/$*).
/ $'. *) ( .0- ( )/ / #)$,0 . ) $)./-0 /$*). !*- ( &$)" ( )0
. ' /$*). - " ) - ''4 )*/ $) '0 $) /# . +-* 0- . *(+- # ).$1
. -$+/$*). *! ( )0. )
! /0- . - '* / $) /#
1$ 2$)" /#
$.
./-*)"'4 - *(( ) /* ! ($'$ -$5 /# !$-./6/$( 0. - 2$/#
*)/-*'. ) ! /0- .
5Ć6
Adjustments
Power Supply
This procedure shows the setup and lists the steps to examine the MeaĆ
sured Voltage Supply and to check and adjust the Voltage Reference and
the Regulator Reference (see Figures 5Ć1, 5Ć2, and 5Ć3).
This procedure should only be performed if the instrument is out of
measurement limits and maintenance is required. If the CSA 803C is
already within limits, proceed to the Display adjustment procedure.
Measurement Limits
The measurement limits for this procedure are as follows:
Measured Voltage Supply limits must be within +4.85 V and +5.25 V
Voltage Reference must be within +5.15 V and +5.25 V
Regulator Reference must be within +9.95 V and +10.05 V
Setup to Examine Voltage Supply
CSA 803C
Digital Voltmeter
Hi
Low
TP200 (VCC) and
TP300 (GND) on A18
Memory Board
(see Figure 5Ć1)
To +5 V
To Ground
Procedure to Examine Voltage Supply
ăStep 1:ăSet the CSA 803C ON/STANDBY switch to ON, and initialize as
follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
ăStep 2:ăWith the CSA 803C top and bottom covers removed, refer to
Section 3 and locate the A18 Memory circuit board.
ăStep 3:ăConnect the digital multimeter to TP200 and TP300 as indicated
in the setup illustration (see also Figure 5Ć1).
CSA 803C Service Manual
5Ć7
Adjustments
ăStep 4:ă
TP200 VCC
TP300 GND
P106
(To A13 Mother
Board Connector)
Front of Oscilloscope
Lithium Battery
(BT150)
Figure 5Ć1:ăA18 Memory Board Test Point Locations
5Ć8
Adjustment Procedures
Adjustments
Setup to Examine/Adjust Voltage Reference
CSA 803C
Digital Voltmeter
Hi
Low
A2A2 Control
Rectifier Board
(see Figure 5Ć2)
To TP701
To TP221
This procedure should only be performed if maintenance is required.
This is not necessary for verifying instrument specifications.
Procedure to Examine/Adjust Voltage Reference
ăStep 1:ăPerform the following settings in the order listed:
a. Set the front panel ON/STANDBY switch to STANDBY and the rear
panel PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to OFF. Disconnect the CSA
803C from the power source.
b. Remove the Power Supply module following the procedure listed
under Power Supply Module Removal/Replacement in the MainteĆ
nance Section.
c.
Create a short between test points TP830 and TP831 on the A2A2
Control Rectifier board using a shorting strap. See Figure 5Ć2.
d. Connect the CSA 803C Power Supply module to a suitable line powĆ
er source.
e. Set the rear panel PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to ON.
ăStep 2:ăWith the Digital Voltmeter set to DC Voltage and connected as
indicated in the setup diagram, check that the multimeter reads within
the limits of +5.15 V and +5.25 V.
DO NOT attempt to change the following adjustment setting if the
reading is within the stated limits. Instead, proceed to Step 4.
WARNING
To prevent electric shock, use extreme caution when making the
following adjustment.
CSA 803C Service Manual
5Ć9
$"# #"
%#
% the +5.2 V Ref, R800, on the A2A2 Control Rectifier
board to +5.20 V.
%#
%Remove the Digital Voltmeter leads from the test points.
%#
%Set the rear panel PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to OFF.
%#
%Disconnect the CSA 803C from the power source.
%#
%Remove all test leads and the TP830/831 shorting strap.
%#
%Replace the Power Supply module using the instructions in the
Maintenance Section.
%#
%Set the rear panel PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to ON, and the
front panel ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
R800
+5.2 V
REF
TP701
TP221
TP831
TP830
$! &
%
#! #! ! "# # $"# # # "
5Ć10
$"# # ! $!"
Adjustments
Setup to Examine/Adjust Regulator Reference
CSA 803C
Digital Voltmeter
Hi
Low
A4
Regulator
Board
(see Figure 5Ć3)
To Ref
Test Point
To Com
Test Point
Procedure to Examine/Adjust Regulator Reference
ăStep 1:ăMake the connections shown in the setup and Figure 5Ć3 diaĆ
grams. Check that the CSA 803C power is ON.
ăStep 2:ăWith the Digital Voltmeter in DC Voltage mode, check the VoltĆ
meter for a reading within the limits of +9.95 V and +10.05 V.
DO NOT attempt to make the following adjustment to R730 if the
reading is within the stated limits. Instead, proceed to Step 4.
WARNING
To prevent electric shock, use extreme caution when making the
following adjustment. Access the test points from the right side of
the oscilloscope.
ăStep 3:ăAdjust the +10 V Ref, R730, on the A4 Regulator board to
+10.00 V.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the test leads.
ăStep 5:ăInitiate PowerĆOn Diagnostics (see Performance Verification
section).
CSA 803C Service Manual
5Ć11
Adjustments
Com Test
Point
Ref Test
Point
R730
+10 V Ref
Figure 5Ć3:ăA4 Regulator Board Test Point and Adjustment Locations
5Ć12
Adjustment Procedures
!+ (*' -* + '/+ , + ,-( & $!+,+ , +, (+ ,' 0%!& & "-+,
,
'# , '* & ,
*!. * '* + ! -* + 3 &
3
"-+,% &,+ !& , !+ (*' -* '&$1 , , .!+-$ +( ,+ '
, !+($1 & 1'- + '-$ '&$1 ( * '*% , + "-+,% &,+
/ & ,
'# , '* '*
*!. * '* '%3
('& &,+ * * ($ + "-+,% &,+ ' &', ,
-*1 +!& $$ % +-* % &,+ * % '& , )-!* ,
&', , !+($1 , &$ ++ $! &% &, '* *! ,& ++ ! !-$,! +
* ((* &, (*' ,' , $ !% $'# "-+,% &, (*' 3
-*
'* $$
+, (+ !& , !+ (*' -* ! , !+($1 (*% , * 0%!& !+
/!, !& , +,, $!%!,+ , & ' &', ( * '*% ,
+, ( '$$'/!& , ,
+, ( &+, (*' ,' , +, ( '$$'/!& ,
+, (
% +-* % &, $!%!,+ * + , '& , + '$$'/+
!+($1 %-+, .!+!$ &', -, '
* * & & $- ,* + %-+, &', + (*,
'-+ !+ "-+, '* %!&!%-% $!& /! ,
*,!$ +!2 !+ "-+, ,' $! & , '*& *+ ' , *! (,, *& /!, ,
,! %*#+ '& , + ' , *'&, (& $ 2 $
'*!2'&,$ +!2 !+ "-+, ,' $! & , '*& *+ ' , *! (,, *& /!,
, ,! %*#+ '& , ,'( & ',,'% + ' , *'&, (& $ 2 $ &
, '*!2'&,$ $!& *!,1 !+ "-+, '* -&! '*% *! '0 $ & ,
'*!2'&,$ $!& *!,1 !+ "-+, '* '(,!%-% (( *& -+!& & !&, *3
&$$1 & *, *! (,, *&
* & & $- '$'*+ %-+, . '(,!%-% / !, ,' *1 +$
$!& *!,1
& !& 0, & ! &'+,!+
%-+, &', '&,!& + . * '$'* !%(-*!,! +
5Ć13
Adjustments
Setup to Examine/Adjust the Display
CSA 803C
Procedure to Examine/Adjust the Display
WARNING
To prevent electric shock, use extreme caution when performing
the following adjustment.
ăStep 1:ă * (*& ," (%%(/#'! + ,,#'!+ #' ," (* * %#+,
ăStep 2:ă &(. ," ,() ' (,,(& #' , )' % (. *+
ăStep 3:ă &(. ," ,"* + * /+ ,", + -* ," (. * ' ," '
* &(. ," (. *
ăStep 4:ă &(. ," ,/( + * /+ ,", + -* ," (. * ,", +"# % + ,"
( $ , (* ( $ , (* (. *
ăStep 5:ă , ,"
+/#, " ,(
ăStep 6:ăExamine ,", ," #+)%0 #+ .#+# %
ăStep 7:ăAdjust %( , (' ," ,*'+ (*& * &(-', ,( ,"
*#. * (* %( $/#+ -',#% ," #+)%0 )) *+
ăStep 8:ă* ++ ," -,,('
ăStep 9:ă(- " Extended Diagnostic, ," ' ,(- " Extended Diagnostic
#' ," Verify Diagnostics )()1-) & '-
ăStep 10:ă(- " Block ' ," ' Front Panel
ăStep 11:ă(- " Area ' ," ' Test Pattern
ăStep 12:ă(- " Routine ' ," ' White Grid
5Ć14
Adjustment Procedures
Adjustments
ăStep 13:ă .3"' Run (- 2'$ , ).0 ,$-3
ăStep 14:ă" 2' 2 2'$ /0(, 07 ".+.01 0$# &0$$- -# !+3$ 0$ -.2
1$/ 0 2$# (- 2'$ 5'(2$ &0(# / 22$0-
WARNING
" ! !
ăStep 15:ă .- 2'$ ."*$2 !. 0#
%.0 2'$ ./2(,3, 4$02(" + ".-4$0&$-"$ .% 2'$ 0$# &0$$- -# !+3$ ".+.01
ăStep 16:ă" 2' 2 2'$ &0(# / 22$0- (1 %."31$#
ăStep 17:ă +." 2$# .- 2'$ 20 -1%.0,$0 ,.3-2$# .- 2'$
0(4$0 !. 0# %.0 2'$ ./2(,3, %."31 .% 2'$ 5'(2$ &0(# / 22$0-
ăStep 18:ă" 2' 2 2'$ &0(# (1 +(&-$# 5(2' 2'$ 2./ -# !.22., 2("
, 0*1 +.-& 2'$ (-1(#$ 4$02(" + $#&$ .% 2'$ %0.-2 / -$+ !$8$+ . $+(,(9
- 2$ -7 / 0 ++ 6 $00.0 +..* #(0$"2+7 '$ # 2 2'$ -# 2'$- +(&2'$ 2./ .% 2'$ &0(# 5(2' 2'$ 2./ 4$02(" + 2(" , 0* -# 2'$ !.22., .% 2'$
&0(# 5(2' 2'$ !.22., 2(" , 0*
ăStep 19:ă -# .- 2'$
0(4$0 !. 0# 2. +(&- 2'$ &0(# 5(2' 2'$ 2(" , 0*1 +.-& 2'$ (-1(#$ 4$02(" +
$#&$ .% 2'$ %0.-2 / -$+ !$8$+
ăStep 20:ă" 2' 2 2'$ &0(# (1 +(&-$# 5(2' 2'$ '.0(8.-2 + 2(" , 0*1 2
2'$ 2./ -# !.22., .% 2'$ %0.-2 / -$+ !$8$+ -# 2' 2 2'$ &0(# !.6$1 0$
.% 3-(%.0, +$-&2' 2'0.3&'.32 2'$ &0(# / 22$0-
ăStep 21:ă
-#
.- 2'$
0(4$0 !. 0# %.0 2'$ !$12 .4$0 ++ +(-$ 0(27 -# /.1(2(.- 1$ 2'$
'.0(8.-2 + 2(" , 0*1 2 2'$ 2./ -# !.22., .% 2'$ %0.-2 / -$+ !$8$+ 2.
+(&- 2'$ &0(#
ăStep 22:ă9 9 -# 9 /.2$-2(.,$2$01 (-2$0 "2 1. 7.3
, 7 -$$# 2. 0$/$ 2 2$/1 -# 3-2(+ 2'$7 0$ ++ ".00$"2+7 #)312$#
ăStep 23:ă .3"' Exit 2. 0$230- 2. 2'$ Routine menu .% 2'$ Extended
Diagnostic ,$-3 1203"230$
ăStep 24:ă .3"' Gray Scale (- 2'$ Routine ,$-3
ăStep 25:ă .3"' Run (- 2'$ , ).0 ,$-3
CSA 803C Service Manual
5Ć15
Adjustments
ăStep 26:ă /$ / /$! +(+- . (! %. 2$%/! / /$! /+, #- 4 / /$!
+//+) * /$! '#-+0* +* /$! -%#$/ .% ! +" /$! %.,( 4 %. 0/ +""
/$ / %. /$! 1!-/% ( - ./!- (%*!. -! *+/ 1%.% (! +* /$! -%#$/ .% ! +" /$!
%.,( 4
" /$! #- 4 . (! )!!/. /$! ,-!1%+0. +* %/%+*. + *+/ ,!-"+-) /$!
&0./)!*/. %* /!,.
* -+ !! /+ /!,
ăStep 27:ă * +* /$!
+ '!/ + - "0((4 +0*/!- (+ '2%.!
ăStep 28:ă (+ /! +* /$! /- *."+-)!- /$ / %. )+0*/!
+* /$!
-%1!- + - .+ /$ / /$! +//+) (+ ' +" /$! #- 4 . (!
%. 1%.% (! 0/ /$! '#-+0* +* /$! -%#$/ .% ! +" /$! %.,( 4 %. ./%(( 0/
+""
ăStep 29:ă+/! 2$% $ +(+- -! #-!!* +- (0! ,,! -. )+./ ,-+)%5
*!*/(4 %* /$! %.,( 4 &0./ /$%. +(+- %* /$! "+((+2%*# ./!,
ăStep 30:ă +- +* /$!
+ '!/ + - "+- ,0-! 2$%/! /+ #- 4 . (! %.,( 4 *(4 &0./ /$!
+(+-. /$ / + *+/ ,,! - /+ ! ,-+)%*!*/ +- !3 ),(! %" /$! %.,( 4
,,! -. /+ ! )+-! -! /$!* &0./ /$! * ,+/!*/%+)!5
/!-.
NOTE
ăStep 31:ă+0 $ Exit /+ -!/0-* /+ /$! Extended Diagnostic )!*0 ./-0 5
/0-!
ăStep 32:ă+0 $ Red Display * /$!* /+0 $ Run
ăStep 33:ă /$! -!
%.,( 4 "+- *4 .!1!-! +(+- %),0-%/%!.
ăStep 34:ă+0 $ Exit /+ -!/0-* /+ /$! Extended Diagnostics )!*0
./-0 /0-!
ăStep 35:ă+0 $ Green Disply * /$!* /+0 $ Run
ăStep 36:ă /$! #-!!* %.,( 4 "+- *4 .!1!-! +(+- %),0-%/%!.
ăStep 37:ă+0 $ Exit /+ -!/0-* /+ /$! Extended Diagnostic )!*0 ./-0 5
/0-!
ăStep 38:ă+0 $ Blue Display * /$!* /+0 $ Run
ăStep 39:ă /$! (0! %.,( 4 "+- *4 .!1!-! +(+- %),0-%/%!.
5Ć16
Adjustment Procedures
Adjustments
ăStep 40:ă &0 ' +! '$') "*($0* +!+ "* +! Red Display Green
Disply ') Blue Display *!'. * - ) '$') "%(,)"+" * +! & ( ) ')%
+! '$$'."& +' ) *+') +! '$') (,)"+0
&*,) +!+ +!
&-")'&% &+ "* ) ' $$ /+ )&$ % 1
& +" " $ * ') /%($ % & +" * ) . )"- ) & ) +!
',$ ,* '$') "%(,)"+" * '& +! * ) &
+ +!
*."+ ! +'
"+ * '& * +! & * + +!
*."+ ! +'
Examine +! '$') "*($0* "& & - )" 0 +!+ +! '$') "%(,)"+" *
) ) %'-
NOTE
When the CSA 803C is moved in the earth's magnetic field, color
impurities will appear on the display. This is normal. To remove the
impurity, repeat Step 40.
ăStep 41:ă + +!
*."+ ! +'
ăStep 42:ă ($ +! ' # + ') '- ) & +! '- )
CSA 803C Service Manual
5Ć17
Adjustments
FOCUS
SCREEN
VERTICAL POS
R311
HĆPOS
R500
HĆSIZE
R501
HĆLIN
R502
VERT SIZE
L321
Figure 5Ć4:ăA8 CRT Driver Board Adjustment Locations
5Ć18
Adjustment Procedures
Adjustments
GREEN
R201
RED
R200
BLUE
R203
CONVERGENCE
R210
Figure 5Ć5:ăA7 CRT Socket Board Adjustment Locations
CSA 803C Service Manual
5Ć19
Adjustments
Real Time Clock
This procedure verifies the correct operation and accuracy of the
CSA 803A's input/output systems (see Figure 5Ć6).
This procedure should be performed only if maintenance is required.
Its use is not necessary for verifying instrument specifications.
Measurement Limits
The measurement limit for the real time clock is 1,000,000 ms ±5 ms.
Setup to Examine/Adjust Real Time Clock
CH 1
CSA 803C
Frequency
Counter
10X Probe
A14
I/O Board
(see Figure 5Ć6)
To TP310
To Ground
Test Point
Procedure to Examine/Adjust Real Time Clock
ăStep 1:ăInitialize the CSA 803C settings as follows:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press
Initialize (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
Initialize (in verification popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touch
5Ć20
Adjustment Procedures
*()# $)(
.) &
.Perform the following operations in the order given:
Set the front panel ON/STANDBY switch to STANDBY.
Remove the L bracket on the front of the card cage.
Remove both plastic retaining strips from the top of card cage.
Remove the A17 Main Processor board, and then install it in the
fourth slot from the outer edge.
Remove the A29 Memory Expansion board, and then install it in the
third slot.
Remove the A14 Input/Output (I/O) board, and then install it in the
second slot.
Move the A18 Memory board from the first slot to the fifth slot.
Reconnect all the cables to the A14 I/O board.
Set the CSA 803C front panel ON/STANDBY switch to ON.
.) &
.Connect the Frequency Counter as indicated in the setup
diagram (see also Figure 5Ć6), and set the controls as follows:
Frequency counter
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Period
Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC
Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - (negative)
Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 MHz
.) &
.Make the following CSA 803C selections:
UTILITY button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
)% $ $ *'- (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . .
)% ) " )- (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,) $ $%() ( (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
,) $ $%() ( (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"%! (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$&*)*)&*) (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
' (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
" #
"! (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
%*) $ (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
" ') (in popĆup menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*$ (in major menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
press
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
touch
.) &
.
that the frequency counter reads within the limits of
999,995 ms and 1,000,005 ms.
DO NOT attempt to optimize the adjustment setting if the period is
within the stated limits. Proceed to Step 7.
.) &
.
Real Time Clock, C510, for 1,000,000 ms.
'+ $*"
5Ć21
" ! !
#!
#Remove the frequency counter from the power module.
#!
#Set the CSA 803C ON/STANDBY switch to STANDBY.
#!
#Replace the circuit boards (rearranged in Step 2) in their origiĆ
nal positions.
TP31
Ground
C510
Real Time
Clock
" $
# ! ! " ! ! !
5Ć22
" ! ! "
! "
"
!
!
"
#
WARNING
"
!
!
6Ć1
CAUTION
6Ć2
# % # ##") $ $" " ' $
%#$ '$ ") '*& $) " " ( $ )
& ) "$ $$
" # '$ # $ "%# " $ '$ $" $
'$" # %$ $$ *$ $ " # %#% " "" '
# # " " " $ "%$ $# $"
%# '# $ '$ '$" $ " & ) "#%
CAUTION
Circuit boards and components must be dry before applying power
to prevent damage from electrical arcing.
The highĆvoltage circuits should receive special attention. ExcesĆ
sive dirt in these circuits may cause highĆvoltage arcing and result
in improper instrument operation.
#$"% $ # % # $ # ) " $# #% # "
$ # " " ) #$ # %$ "# " " " )
#$ "%$ "# $* "$# ""$& " %"
" #$ &# $# # & %# '&" "$% " " %#$ $
$* "$# " % &"$ %#% ) $# $"
$" % $ #$"% $ ""$ $ %# &"$ # "$ $ $
"& $ $ " " %""
#%" %"$ #%" $# $ $" %#$ $ $#
#$"% $ $" %"# "$ " &") $# %#
"!% $ )
6Ć3
6Ć4
#
" # " #
WARNING
! #
!
"
!
!
! #
!
#
"
#!
!
!
"
!
6Ć5
"
&
"
"
CAUTION
!"+ "&+,*-% &, '&,"&+ $ ,*" $ '%('& &,+ ,!, * +-+ (,"$ ,'
% *'% +,," "+ !* $ 1 '* ,! * $,". +-+ (,""$",0 '
.*"'-+ $++ + ' + %" '& - ,'*+ ,," .'$, + ' # ,' # *
'%%'& "& -&(*', , &."*'&% &,+
$&% "
! #
!
"
! #
"
'* %" *' "* -",+ & "+ * , '* $"& *
%" *' "* -",+ /",! "&(-,+ %'+, + &+",".
,'
,'
!',,#0 +" &$ "' +
!',,#0
" !1 * )- & 0 "('$* ,*&+"+,'*+
,'
+
,'
"& * %" *' "* -",+
,'
+,
'/1('/ * !',,#0
$ +, + &+",".
! W
6Ć6
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage:
Minimize handling of staticĆsensitive components.
Transport and store staticĆsensitive components or assemblies in their
original containers, antiĆstatic tube rail, or conductive foam. Label any
package that contains staticĆsensitive assemblies or components.
Discharge the static voltage from your body by wearing a wrist strap
while handling these components. Servicing staticĆsensitive assemblies
or components should be performed only at a staticĆfree work station by
qualified service personnel. We recommend using the static control mat,
Refer to Table 4Ć2 for the part numbers of these test equipment.
Keep the work station surface free of anything that can generate or hold
a static charge.
Keep the component leads shorted together whenever possible by
storing them in conductive foam or rails.
Pick up components by the body, never by the leads.
Do not slide the components over any surface.
Avoid handling components in areas that have a floor or workĆsurface
covering that can generate a static charge.
6Ć7
Corrective Maintenance
Removing and
Replacing FRUs
0$ !)$
7 0 ",+3$+($+1 /$%$/$+"$ %,/ %(+#(+& ",++$"1,/ +# 0"/$4
)," 1(,+0 4'$+ /$*,3(+& +# /$-) "(+& %($)# /$-) "$ !)$ 2+(10 0 '$
%(/01 ",)2*+ (+ 1'$ 1 !)$ )(010 1'$ 1, !$ /$*,3$# ,/ /$-) "$# +# 1'$
0$",+# ",)2*+ )(010 1'$ %(&2/$0 1' 1 6,2 0',2)# /$%$/$+"$ %,/ 1'$ )," 1(,+ ,%
",++$"1,/ +# 0"/$4 )," 1(,+0 #(0"200$# (+ 1'$ -/,"$#2/$ 1, /$*,3$/$7
-) "$ 1'(0
TableĂ6Ć2:ăFRU Removal/Replacement Figure Cross Reference
FRU to be Removed/
Replaced
Figures to Reference During Removal
,4$/ 2--)6 ,#2)$
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
Page
$*,3(+& 1'$ ,4$/ 2--)6 $ / ) 1$ + ,20(+&
+# $ / +$) ,++$"1,/ ) 1$
7
,+1/,) $"1(%($/ , /# ,++$"1,/0 ," 1(,+0
7
+ ,1,/
(&2/$
7
$*,3(+& 1'$ ,4$/ 2--)6 $ / ) 1$ + ,20(+&
+# $ / +$) ,++$"1,/ ) 1$
7
1',#$ 6 2!$
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ 1',#$ 6 2!$
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ /(3$/ , /#
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ /,+1 +$)
211,+ , /#
2)1(7(+ ,++$"1,/ /($+1 1(,+ +# $*(",+#2"1,/
+#$5(+& ( &/ *
(&2/$
7
".2(0(1(,+ +(1
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
11$/($0
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
7
7
7
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ 1/,!$
2%%$/ , /#
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$
".2(0(1(,+
+1$/",++$"1 , /#
7
2)1(7(+ ,++$"1,/ /($+1 1(,+ +# $*(",+#2"1,/
+#$5(+& ( &/ *
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ (*$ 0$
,+1/,))$/ , /#
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ , /#
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ $*,/6 , /#
7
(+%/ *$ 1/,!$
/(3$ , /#
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ 1/,!$ /(3$ , /#
7
2)1(7(+ ,++$"1,/ /($+1 1(,+ +# $*(",+#2"1,/
+#$5(+& ( &/ *
7
(+%/ *$ ,4$/
,++$"1 , /#
(&2/$
7
$*,3(+& 1'$ ,4$/ 2--)6 $ / ) 1$ + ,20(+&
+# $ / +$) ,++$"1,/ ) 1$
,+1/,) $"1(%($/ , /# ,++$"1,/0 ," 1(,+0
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ $&2) 1,/ , /#
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ (*$ 0$
,+1/,))$/ , /#
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ , /#
$*,3(+& $-) "(+& 1'$ 1/,!$
2%%$/ , /#
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
(&2/$
7
6Ć8
7
7
7
7
7
7
Maintenance
!##% ' %
( * ) !' " % &#
#!$$ #
! %
%! !'
"
&#$ %! # &# !'
#%1) 0,. , ."
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'*# /#,+0.,))#.
, ."
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
#*,2'+% 0&# ,3#. 1--)5 # . ) 0# + ,1/'+%
+" # . +#) ,++#!0,. ) 0#
,+0.,) #!0'$'#. , ." ,++#!0,./ ,! 0',+/
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# #%1) 0,. , ."
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
6
6
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# '*# /#
,+0.,))#. , ."
6
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
)' . 0,. , ."
'%1.#
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# '*# /#
,+0.,))#. , ." 0#-/ +" ,+)5
6
,!(#0 , ."
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .'2#. , ."
6
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
.'2#. , ."
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# 0&,"# 5 1 #
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .'2#. , ."
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .,+0 +#)
100,+ , ."
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
'%1.#
6
,1!& +#) //#* )5
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
.,+0 +#) ,+0.,)
, ."
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
.,+0 +#) 100,+
, ."
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
# . +#) //#* )5
#' &
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
'%1.#
6
6
6
6
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# 0&,"# 5 1 #
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .,+0 +#)
100,+ , ."
6
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# 0&,"# 5 1 #
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .,+0 +#)
100,+ , ."
6
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# 0&,"# 5 1 #
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .,+0 +#)
100,+ , ."
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# .,+0 +#)
100,+ , ."
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
6
6
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# 0&,"# 5 1 #
6
#*,2'+% #-) !'+% 0&# # . +#) //#* )5
6
1)0'6'+ ,++#!0,. .'#+0 0',+ +" #*'!,+"1!0,.
+"#4'+% ' %. *
6
6Ć9
Corrective Maintenance
TableĂ6Ć2:ăFRU Removal/Replacement Figure Cross Reference (Cont.)
FRU to be Removed/
Replaced
Figures to Reference During Removal
A13 Mother Board
Figure 6Ć7
Figure 6Ć18
Figure 6Ć19
Figure 6Ć32
Top View of the Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A13 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A14 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A14 Input/Output (I/O)
Board
Figure 6Ć7
Figure 6Ć19
Figure 6Ć32
Top View of the Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć30
Removing/Replacing the A14 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć50
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć74
A15 Memory Manager Unit
(MMU) Board
Figure 6Ć7
Figure 6Ć19
Figure 6Ć20
Figure 6Ć32
Top View of the Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A14 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A15 MMU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6Ć7
Figure 6Ć21
Top View of the Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć30
Removing/Replacing the A17 Main
Processor Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć54
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć74
A17 Main Processor Board
Figure 6Ć32
Page
6Ć30
6Ć48
6Ć50
6Ć74
6Ć30
6Ć50
6Ć52
6Ć74
A18 Memory Board
Figure 6Ć7
Figure 6Ć22
Top View of the Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć30
Removing/Replacing the A18 Memory Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć56
A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer
Board
Figure 6Ć23
Removing/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR
Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć58
Removing/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć62
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć74
Figure 6Ć26
Figure 6Ć32
A20/A21 Head Interconnect
(Power Only) and
A22/A23 Head Interconnect
Boards
Figure 6Ć23
Figure 6Ć24
Figure 6Ć25
Figure 6Ć26
Figure 6Ć28
Figure 6Ć29
Figure 6Ć32
6Ć10
Removing/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR
Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A20/A21 Head Interconnect
(Power Only) and the A22/A23 Head Interconnect Boards . .
Removing/Replacing the Front Subpanel Assembly . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A24 Acquisition
Analog Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A28 Acquisition MPU Board . . . . . .
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć58
6Ć60
6Ć61
6Ć62
6Ć64
6Ć65
6Ć74
Maintenance
!##% ' %
( * ) !' " % &#
#!$$ #
! %
%! !'
"
&#$ %! # &# !'
A26 Mainframe (M/F)
Acquisition Interconnect
Board
Figure 6Ć23
Figure 6Ć25
Figure 6Ć26
Figure 6Ć27
Figure 6Ć28
Figure 6Ć29
Figure 6Ć32
A27 Acquisition Analog
Board
Figure 6Ć23
Figure 6Ć26
Figure 6Ć28
Figure 6Ć32
A28 Acquisition MPU Board
Figure 6Ć23
Figure 6Ć26
Figure 6Ć29
Figure 6Ć32
Removing/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR
Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the Front Subpanel Assembly . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top View of the A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect Board . . .
Removing/Replacing the A24 Acquisition
Analog Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A28 Acquisition MPU Board . . . . . .
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR
Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A24 Acquisition
Analog Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR
Buffer Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing/Replacing the A28 Acquisition MPU Board . . . . . .
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6Ć58
6Ć61
6Ć62
6Ć63
6Ć64
6Ć65
6Ć74
6Ć58
6Ć62
6Ć64
6Ć74
6Ć58
6Ć62
6Ć65
6Ć74
Firmware ICs
Figure 6Ć30
Figure 6Ć32
FRU IC Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć68
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć74
Serial Data Interface (SDI)
IC
Figure 6Ć19
Figure 6Ć32
Figure 6Ć31
Removing/Replacing the A14 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć50
MultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor
Indexing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć74
IC InsertionĆExtraction Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć71
Figure 6Ć37
Fuse Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Ć105
Fuses
NOTE
In addition to the figures listed in Table 6Ć2, the explodedĆview
drawings in the Parts List section may be helpful in removing or
disassembling individual FRUs or subassemblies. Also, Figures 6Ć1
and 6Ć30 are useful for determining the location of FRUs and
FRU ICs.
#' &
6Ć11
$
$ #
$
$
"
$
!
$
WARNING
To avoid electricĆshock hazard and instrument damage, always
disconnect the CSA 803C from its power source before removing
or replacing FRUs. For sampling head removal or replacement,
switch the front panel ON/STANDBY switch to STANDBY.
6Ć12
Corrective Maintenance
Electrical LockĆOn of
the Front Panel
ON/STANDBY Power
Switch
-+# ..*'! 2'-,1 -$ 2&#
+ 6 0#/3'0# 2& 2 2&# .-5#0 0#+ ', -,
- #*#!20'! **6 *-!) 2&# .-5#0 -, 31# 2&# $-**-5',% .0-!#"30#
ăStep 1:ă5'2!& 2&# 0# 0 . ,#*
2-
ăStep 2:ă#+-4# 2&#
.-5#0 ! *#
ăStep 3:ă-1'2'-, 2&# ',1203+#,2 -, '21 *#$2 & ,"*# 1'"# 1 4'#5#" $0-+
2&# $0-,2
ăStep 4:ă#+-4# 2&# -22-+ !-4#0
ăStep 5:ă-! 2# 2&#
#%3* 2-0 - 0"
ăStep 6:ă-! 2# 2&# (3+.#0 -, 2&#
#%3* 2-0 - 0"
ăStep 7:ă#.-1'2'-, 2&# (3+.#0 $0-+ '21 25- -32#0 0'%&2 1'"# .',1
2- '21 25- ',,#0 *#$2 1'"# .',1 5'2&-32 "0-..',% 2&# (3+.#0
ăStep 8:ă#.* !# 2&# -22-+ !-4#0 30, 2&# ',1203+#,2 ', 2&# 3.0'%&2
.-1'2'-,
ăStep 9:ă#!-,,#!2 2&#
.-5#0 ! *# ," 15'2!& 2&#
2-
&# .-5#0 5'** ,-5 0#+ ', -, 0#% 0"*#11 -$ 2&# 1#22',% -$ 2&#
.-5#0 15'2!&
CAUTION
ăStep 10:ă - 230, 2&# .-5#0 -$$ 5&'*# 2&#
.-5#0 15'2!& '1
"'1 *#" 31# 2&# 0# 0 . ,#*
- 0#230, 2- ,-0+ * -.#0 2'-, -$ 2&#
-5#0 5'2!& $-**-5 2&#
.0#!#"',% 12#.1 ', 0#4#01# -0"#0
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć13
A15
Memory
Management
Unit (MMU)
A8
CRT Driver
A14
Input/Ouput (I/O)
A18
Memory
A12 Rear Panel
A7 CRT Socket
A17
Main Processor
A13 Mother
A5 Time
Base/Controller
CRT
Acquisition Unit
Holding Rod
A11
Front Panel
Button
A10
Front Panel
Control
A9
Touch Panel
Acquisition Unit
Delay Line
A2 Power Supply
Module
A3
M/F Power
Connect
A4
Regulator
Fan Motor Housing
A1
M/F Strobe Drive
6Ć14
Corrective Maintenance
A22/A23
Head Interconnect
Boards
A28
Acquisition MPU
Board
A21
Acquisition
Analog Board
A20/A21
Head Interconnect
Boards (Power Only)
A19
StrobelTDR
Buffer Board
A26
M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board
Figure 6Ć1:ąField Replaceable Unit (FRU) Locator (Cont.)
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć15
The Power Supply module slides out of the rear of the CSA 803C for mainteĆ
nance and troubleshooting. It may also be removed to gain better access to
the A3 M/F Power Connect board or the A4 Regulator board.
See Figure 6Ć2 and Figure 6Ć3 for connector and screw locations.
Power Supply RearĆplate Screws (4)
FanĆhousing Screws (4)
Line Fuse
(F99)
Power Supply RearĆplate Screws (4)
Rear Panel ConnectorĆplate Screws (4)
Rear Panel ConnectorĆplate Screws (4)
"!
6Ć16
Corrective Maintenance
J70
J81
J65
Power Supply
Module Rear
J64
J63
J66
J62
Figure 6Ć3:ăA2A2 Control Rectifier Board Connector Locations
# !
$ " & " ! '
$
ăStep 1:ă" ! ! " ! ! ! #$ !
$ " & " $ $ ! ! !! !
! " !
ăStep 2:ă # ! ! % $ !! " ! $
" & "
ăStep 3:ă "& " !
$ " & " !& "! !
! " ! ! ! ! ! !"! ! $ !
! ! !
CAUTION
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć17
"!
"
!
!
!
NOTE
Align the metal guides on the top of the Power Supply module with
the grooves inside the upper part of the opening in the instrument.
Be careful not to pinch any wires or interconnecting cables while
installing the Power Supply module.
6Ć18
Corrective Maintenance
Fan Motor Removal/
Replacement
See Figure 6Ć2 for connector and screw locations.
Remove and replace the fan motor as follows:
ăStep 1:ăUsing a pencil or tape, mark the top of the fan motor housing
for later use in determining the positioning of the motor. Remove the four
screws securing the housing to the rear of the instrument mainframe.
Hold the housing as you remove the last screws.
ăStep 2:ăSeparate the grill and the housing from the motor.
ăStep 3:ăRemove the two wires at their motor connections. Note that the
red wire is (+) and the brown wire is (-).
ăStep 4:ăRemove the fan motor.
NOTE
Observe the position in which the motor was mounted. Ensure that
the motor is remounted in its original positioning, or the fan wires
may not reach.
To replace the fan motor, perform the previous steps in reverse order and
note the following additional points while replacing the motor:
use the mark from Step 1 to determine the original positioning of the
motor
tighten the screws securely
remove the mark from the top of the housing
check that no wires contact the fan blades
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the fan connection, be careful not to pinch
the wires under the fan housing.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć19
Corrective Maintenance
Cathode Ray Tube
(CRT) Removal/
Replacement
WARNING
The cathode ray tube (CRT) may retain a dangerous electrical
(16 kV) charge. To prevent electric shock, fully discharge the anode
before removing the CRT. Short the anode lead from the CRT to the
chassis. Wait approximately ten minutes and again firmly short the
anode lead to the chassis. Then, remove the CRT.
If the CRT breaks, the glass fragments scatter at a high velocity
(implosion). Use extreme care when handling the CRT. Protective
clothing and safety glasses should be worn. Avoid striking the CRT
on any object which might cause it to crack or implode. When
storing a CRT, place it in a protective carton or set the CRT face
down in a protected location with a smooth surface and with the
CRT faceplate on a soft mat.
See Figures 6Ć1, 6Ć4, 6Ć5, 6Ć6, 6Ć7, 6Ć13, and 6Ć32 for module, connector,
screw, and index locations.
Remove the CRT as follows:
ăStep 1:ăRemove the three Torx head screws that secure the CRT cover,
and then the CRT cover.
ăStep 2:ăSet the instrument in the inverted position.
ăStep 3:ăUse a 1/16Ćinch Allen wrench to loosen the two small screws
that secure the two control knobs. Carefully remove the control knobs
so that you do not lose the small Allen screws inside the knobs.
CAUTION
When replacing the two control knobs, do not overtighten the two
Allen screws.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the two Torx head screws on the bottom of the A9
Touch Panel Assembly.
ăStep 5:ăLift up on the bottom of the A9 Touch Panel Assembly and
swing the assembly outward. The top of the A9 Touch Panel Assembly is
held in place with two tabs that hook under the top of the chassis. Pull
the assembly out until you can access the black ground wire that conĆ
nects the A9 Touch Panel Assembly to the instrument chassis.
ăStep 6:ăRemove the quickĆdisconnect ground connector that connects
the black ground wire to the instrument chassis.
6Ć20
Maintenance
Set the A9 Touch Panel Assembly aside. To avoid stressing the
ribbon cable that is still connected to the A9 Touch Panel Assembly, and
to keep the assembly from cluttering your work space, place the A9
Touch Panel Assembly on top of the sampling head compartments. Do
not damage the A9 Touch Panel Assembly when placing it on top of the
sampling head plugĆin compartments.
Carefully set the instrument on its left side.
Remove the two plastic circuit board guides from the top of the
card cage.
Remove the two Torx head screws that secure the A7 CRT
Socket board cover. Use a short Torx head screwdriver to remove the
rearĆmost Torx head screw.
Remove the A7 CRT Socket board cover.
Slowly pull the A7 CRT Socket board toward the rear of the
instrument to remove the A7 CRT Socket board from the CRT.
NOTE
When reattaching the A7 CRT Socket board to the CRT, align the
pins of the CRT to the receptacles on the A7 CRT Socket board.
Then, slowly push the pins into the receptacles.
Do not force the connector into place; doing so can bend or break
some of the pins. If the pins do not slide easily into the receptacles,
then pull the A7 CRT Socket board away from the CRT, and realign
the A7 CRT Socket board to the CRT.
WARNING
The CRT anode voltage is 16 kV. To avoid electric shock, ground
the anode lead from the CRT to the chassis to remove any stored
charge remaining in the CRT. Wait approximately ten minutes. Then,
ground the anode load to the chassis again.
Remove connector J54 from the A8 CRT Driver board. Note
the position of the multiĆpin connector's index triangle to ensure that you
can correctly replace the connector.
Remove the four Torx head screws that secure the CRT to the
top of the instrument chassis. Two of the screws are removed from the
front of the front panel chassis, and two of the screws are removed from
behind the front panel casting.
6Ć21
CAUTION
NOTE
6Ć22
Corrective Maintenance
CRT Cover
CRT Cover
Torx Head
Screws (3)
Figure 6Ć4:ăRemoving/Replacing the CRT Cover
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć23
Corrective Maintenance
A7 CRT Socket
Board Cover
A7 CRT Socket
Board Cover
Torx Head Screws (2)
Transformer
Torx Head Screw
(Removed)
Transformer Cover
A10 Front Panel
Control Board
A8 CRT
Driver Board
A9 Touch Panel
Assembly
Anode Lead Cap
CRT
Figure 6Ć5:ăRemoving/Replacing the Cathode Ray Tube
6Ć24
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
Torx Head Screws (4)
Top CRT
Support Bar
Torx Head
Screws (4)
QuickĆDisconnect
Ground Connector
Bottom CRT
Support Bar
Figure 6Ć6:ăRemoving/Replacing the CRT Torx Head Screws
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć25
Corrective Maintenance
Acquisition Unit
Removal/
Replacement
See Figures 6Ć23, 6Ć26, and 6Ć32 for connector, screw, and index locations.
Remove and replace the Acquisition unit as follows (the Acquisition unit can
be removed with the instrument in the normal upright position for all steps):
CAUTION
"
"
ăStep 1:ăRemove the bolt from the top of the chassis, just behind the
front casting.
ăStep 2:ăRemove the trim covers from the right side (as viewed from the
front of the instrument).
ăStep 3:ăRemove the two Torx head screws holding the frame section
and remove the frame section.
ăStep 4:ăRemove connectors J10 on the A26 M/F Acquisition InterconĆ
nect board and J34 on the A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer board. Note the
position of the connectors' index triangles to ensure that the multiĆpin
connectors can be correctly replaced.
ăStep 5:ăRemove connectors J29A, J30A, J32, J33A, and J33B on the
A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer board.
ăStep 6:ăGrab between the two sampling head slots and gently pull out
the Acquisition unit a few inches.
ăStep 7:ăRemove the gray ground wire from the rear of the Acquisition
unit.
ăStep 8:ăRemove the Acquisition unit.
CAUTION
!
To replace the Acquisition unit, perform the previous steps in reverse order.
6Ć26
Maintenance
$! %)-.,/(!). *). %)- .$! "*''*1%)# )/( !, *" ..!,%!- *) .$! "*''*1%)#
* , -
H
.1* ..!,%!- %) .$! ) -* &!.- *) .$! %(!
-!*).,*''!, * ,
H
*)! ..!,2
*) .$! * ,
H
*)! ..!,2 *) .$! !(*,2 * ,
!! %#/,!-
3
3 )
3 ,!-+! .%0!'2 "*, .$! '* .%*) *" .$!-!
..!,%!-
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, observe proper procedures for the hanĆ
dling of lithium batteries. Improper handling may cause fire,
explosion, or severe burns. Do not recharge, crush, disassemble,
heat the battery above 100_C (212_F), incinerate, or expose the
contents to water.
%-+*-! *" .$! ..!,%!- %) *, ) ! 1%.$ '* ' -. .! ) "! !, ' ,!#/' 3
.%*)-
NOTE
Typically, small quantities (less than 20) can be safely disposed of
with ordinary garbage in a sanitary landfill.
Larger quantities must be sent by surface transport to a hazardous
waste disposal facility. The batteries should be individually packĆ
aged to prevent shorting. Then, pack them into a sturdy container
that is clearly labeled, Lithium Batteries Ċ DO NOT OPEN.
6Ć27
Corrective Maintenance
Emergency and First Aid Information
% ) & " %*# &%* * -"*! *! #"*!"+$ ** (" ) ", /&+( $ ( % /
( '(&," ( *! &##&-"% "% &($*"&%
Manufacturer: %)&%"
Battery Type: "*!"+$ &#/0(&% $&%& #&+("
Solvent # *(&#/* $
+*/(# *&% ") & #&- *&." "*/ * % +)
)&$ / % ( )'"(*&(/ "(("**"&% &( "% *& *! $%+ *+( ( *!
)&#, %* $/ ( # ) +("% , %*"% %*"% ") % &+* ))"% &
** (/ $* ("# !") ") +)+##/ +) / )!&(* "( +"*"% &( $&(
*!% - ) &% ) &( / &, (! *"%
Solute:
#
0 #")*) *! $ ( % / '(& +( ) *& &##&- )!&+# /&+ &$ "%
&%* * -"*! ** (/ )&#, %*
TableĂ6Ć3:ăEmergency Procedures for Contact with Battery Solvent
Contact
Do This:
Skin
)! '(&$'*#/ -"*! '# %*/ & -* (
Eyes
#+)! "$$ "* #/ -"*! '# %*/ & -* ( % +) %
$ ( % / / -)! " ,"## '&(* *& $ " #
'(& ))"&%# &( *( *$ %*
Inhalation
, *! ( % * ( )! "( '&(* *& $ " #
'(& ))"&%# &( *( *$ %*
Ingestion
&%0*&." &( "% *& #&(*&(/ * )*"% &- , (
( '&(* *& $ " # '(& ))"&%# &( ,"
In case of venting, clear the immediate area. %*"% -"## +)+##/ #)* &%#/
- ) &% )
6Ć28
Maintenance
"& '&& ,'*+ * '* $ ,*" $ "&, * '&& ,"'& /",! !++"+2%'-&,
'%('& &,+ & ',! * '* + '+, '* +++ %$" + "& ,! "&+,*-% &,
* %'-&, '& ,! !++"+ ! '$$'/"& '-* '* + ($- '&,' ,! ,'( '
,! ',! * '* + " -* 2 '* ,! $' ,"'& ' ,! + '* + "& ,!
*
&(-,-,(-,
%'*1 & % &, &",
0 -,". *' ++'*
%'*1
! '$$'/"& ,/' '* + ($- '&,' ,! )-"+","'& &, * '&& ,
'* " -* 2 '* ,! $' ,"'&+ ' ,! + '* + "& ,! )-"+","'&
-&",
)-"+","'& &$'
)-"+","'&
2,!*'- ! '&& ,'*+ #'"& ,! ($- 2'& '* + ,' ,! ',! * '*
& ,! )-"+","'& &, * '&& , '*
CAUTION
To minimize the chance of static charge damage to the integrated
circuits and/or related circuitry, after removing a board from the
instrument, place it on a grounded, antistatic surface.
Some components that are mounted on a board must be retained
for use with the new assembly. These components would include
interconnecting plugs, support posts, and some wiring.
6Ć29
A15
Memory Management
Unit (MMU)
Plastic Board
Guides
J53
J57 J52
J83
J90
J78
J72
J77
J77
Rear Panel
A18
Memory
A14
Input/Output
(I/O)
A17
Executive Processor
(EXP)
Rear of Oscilloscope
6Ć30
Corrective Maintenance
A1 M/F Strobe Drive Board
$&,# % ( '# $ %* )* ') ( #")* #&- " +( ) 0
% 0
&( &%% *&( ) ( - % "% . #& *"&%)
ăStep 1:ă# *! "%)*(+$ %* "% *! "%, (* '&)"*"&% % ( $&, *!
&**&$ '% #
ăStep 2:ă $&, &%% *&()
% (&$ *! *(& (", &( ! % ( $&, &%% 0
*&()
% (&$ *! *(& (", &( &* *!
'&)"*"&% & *! &%% *&() % "% . *("% # ) *& %)+( *!* *! &%% 0
*&() % &(( *#/ ( '#
NOTE
ăStep 3:ă $&, *! ", &(. ! ) ( -) % ( +##/ #" * *! &(
( $&,"% "* (&$ *! &%% *&( &% *! *(& (", &(
& ( '# *! *(& (", &( ' ( &($ *! '( ,"&+) )* ') "%
( , () &( (
J16
J36
Torx Head
Screws (2)
J27
J37
J15
Torx Head
Screws (2)
J18
J10
J34
J19
J28
J17
J33A
J38
J39 J33B
Torx Head
Screw (1)
Figure 6Ć8:ăRemoving/Replacing the A1 M/F Strobe Drive Board
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć31
Corrective Maintenance
A3 M/F Power Connect Board
$&,# % ( '# $ %* )* ') ( #")* #&- " +( ) 0 0 0
% 0 &( &%% *&( ) ( - % "% . #& *"&%)
ăStep 1:ă $&, *! &- ( +''#/ $& +# ) ) (" (#" ( "% *!")
) *"&%
NOTE
The chassis ground (greenĆyellow) wire may be removed from the
Power Supply module for this operation only.
Record the positions of all connectors to ensure that the connecĆ
tors can be correctly replaced.
ăStep 2:ă $&, *!
*(& (", &(
ăStep 3:ă $&, *!
"$ ) &%*(&## ( &(
ăStep 4:ă $&, *!
+#*&( &(
ăStep 5:ă $&, (&$ *!
%'+*+*'+* &(
& ( '# *!
&- ( &%% * &( ' ( &($ *! '( ,"&+) )* ') "%
( , () &( (
WARNING
To prevent electric shock or damage to the instrument, check that
the chassis ground wire is replaced on the Power Supply module.
6Ć32
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A4 Regulator Board
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć2, 6Ć3, 6Ć9,
and 6Ć32 procedures for removal for connector, screw, and index locations.
ăStep 1:ăRemove the Power Supply module. (See Power Supply Module
Removal in this section.)
ăStep 2:ăSet the instrument upright (if not already in this position).
ăStep 3:ăRemove connectors J57 and J60 from the A4 Regulator board.
Note the position of the multiĆpin connectors' index triangles to ensure
that the connectors can be correctly replaced.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the two Torx head screws from the metal heat sink
attached to the rear of this board).
NOTE
The A4 Regulator board is not attached to the chassis. However, it
remains connected to the A3 M/F Power Connect board through
interconnecting pins.
ăStep 5:ăCarefully remove the J95 and J96 pins from the A4 Regulator
board by pulling the A4 Regulator board toward the rear.
ăStep 6:ăRemove the A4 Regulator board.
To replace the A4 Regulator board, perform the previous steps in reverse
order.
NOTE
Match the index triangles on the multiĆpin connectors with the
corresponding square pads on the circuit board.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć33
Corrective Maintenance
Torx Head
Screws (2)
J60
J95
J57
J96
Figure 6Ć9:ăRemoving/Replacing the A4 Regulator Board
6Ć34
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A5 Time Base/Controller Board
A6 Calibrator Board
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć10 and 6Ć32
for connector, screw, and index locations.
ăStep 1:ăPlace the instrument in the inverted position.
ăStep 2:ăTo remove the A6 Calibrator Board, remove connectors J1 and
J17 from the A6 Calibrator Board. Remove the Torx head screw securing
the board in place. Lift the board from J91 on the A5 Time Base/ControlĆ
ler Board. Perform this process in reverse to replace the Calibrator
Board.
ăStep 3:ăRemove connectors J16, J29A, J30A, J32, J35, J91, Ext A, and
Presc (if Prescaler is present) from the A5 Time Base/Controller board.
Use extreme care to prevent damage to the cable center connector that
was attached to Presc. Then remove connectors J18 and J83 from the
A5 Time Base/Controller board. Note the position of the multiĆpin conĆ
nector's index triangles to ensure that the connectors can be correctly
replaced.
NOTE
ăStep 4:ăRemove the six Torx head screws holding the board in place.
ăStep 5:ăRemove the A5 Time Base/Controller board.
To replace the board, perform the previous steps in reverse order.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć35
Corrective Maintenance
A6 Calibrator
Battery
J1
(U500 RAM Socket)
Torx head screw
J91
J17
Battery
(U511 RAM Socket)
J16
J30A
J29A
J860
Torx Head
Screw (2)
Torx Head
Screw (2)
J32
Torx Head
Screw (2)
J35
J83
J18
Figure 6Ć10:ăRemoving/Replacing the A5 Time Base/Controller and A6 Calibrator Boards
6Ć36
Maintenance
!
!
$".+ , 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3
( 3 !)+ ) +
)(( -)+ , + 0 ( $( 1 &) -$)(,
')/ ( + *& -# ) % - ) + ( -#
+$/ + ) +
, !)&&)0,
" " ')/ -# -#+ )+1 # , + 0, -# - , .+ -# )/ +
( -# ( + ')/ -# )/ +
" " ')/ -# -0) *& ,-$ $+ .$- ) + ".$ , )( -)* )! -# +
"
" " ')/ -# -0) )+1 # , + 0, -# - , .+ -#
) % - ) + )/ + ( -# ( + ')/ -# ) % - ) + )/ +
" "&)0&2 *.&& -# ) % - ) + -)0 + -# + + )! -#
$(,-+.' (- -) + ')/ -# ) % - ) + !+)' -#
" " ')/ )(( -)+,
(
)( -# ) % - ) +
)- -# *),$-$)(, )! -# '.&-$3*$( )(( -)+, $( 1 -+$ ("& , -) (,.+
-# - 2). ( )++ -&2 + *& -# , )(( -)+,
WARNING
The CRT anode voltage is 16 kV. To avoid electric shock, ground
the anode lead from the CRT to the chassis to short any stored
charge remaining in the CRT. Wait approximately ten minutes, then
ground the anode lead to the chassis again (refer to Step 6).
" ", ()(3 )( . -$(" -))& -) *+2 .* -# () & * #$,
+. + * $, &) - )( -# .** + * +- )! -# #$( -# !+)( ,-$(" ,$(" ()(3 )( . -$(" -))& + & , -# ,*+$(" &$* $(,$ -#
* ( + ')/ -# () (, +- )( & )! * $+ )! ( & 3(),
*&$ +, " $(,- -# () ( -). # -# )-# + & -) -# -)* )! -#
!+)(- ,-$(" -) "+).( -# () -) -# # ,,$,
" " ')/ -# ,$("& )+1 # , + 0 -# - , .+ , -#
+$/ + ) + -) -# $(,-+.' (- # ,,$, , $-# + )! -# !)&&)0$(" ' -#3
) , -) + ')/ -# )+1 # , + 0
!
')/ -# )+1 # , + 0 0$-# / +2 ,#)+- # ( & 3
)+1
# , + 0 +$/ + (,.+ -# - 2). ) ()- ,-+$% -# 0#$&
+ ')/$(" -# , + 0
')/ -# +)(- ( & )(-+)& ) + # ( ., )+1 #
, + 0 +$/ + -# - # , ( 1- (,$)( & ("-# $(, +- $( $- -) + ')/ -#
)+1 # , + 0 ,, -# , + 0 !+)' -# #)& $( -# & !- ,$ )!
-# $(,-+.' (- # ,,$, (,.+ -# - 2). ) ()- ,-+$% -# 0#$&
+ ')/$(" -# , + 0
6Ć37
!!"$ "
%" %Remove the single Torx head screws that secures the transĆ
former, on the A8 CRT Driver board, to the instrument chassis. This
screw is located at the rear of the transformer. The A8 CRT Driver board
is now not attached to the instrument chassis.
%"
%Remove connectors J52, J56, and J57 from the A8 CRT Driver
board. Note the position of the multiĆpin connectors' index triangles to
ensure that you can correctly replace these connectors.
%" %Lift the A8 CRT Driver board partially out of the instrument
chassis.
%" %Remove connectors J54 and J55 from the A8 CRT Driver
board. Note the position of the multiĆpin connectors' index triangles to
ensure that you can correctly replace these connectors.
%" %Remove the A8 CRT Driver board and the A7 CRT Socket
board.
%" %Unsolder the two wires that connect the A8 CRT Driver board
to the A7 CRT Socket board (the two boards are now separated).
To replace the A8 CRT Driver board and the A7 CRT Socket board, perform
the previous steps in reverse order.
Solder Points
J56
J53
#! & % $ " "
!
6Ć38
"
Corrective Maintenance
Torx Head
Screw
J52
J57
J56
J54
J55
Figure 6Ć12:ăRemoving/Replacing the A8 CRT Driver Board
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć39
Corrective Maintenance
A9 Touch Panel Assembly
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć5, 6Ć15 and
6Ć32 for connector, screw, and index locations.
Remove and replace the A9 Touch Panel assembly as follows:
ăStep 1:ăSet the instrument on its right side. (The CRT will now be at the
top.)
ăStep 2:ăUse a 1/16Ćinch Allen wrench to loosen the small Allen screws
in each of the two control knobs.
ăStep 3:ăSlowly remove the two control knobs so that you do not lose
the small Allen screws inside the knobs.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the two Torx head screws at the bottom of the A9
Touch Panel Assembly.
ăStep 5:ăLift up on the bottom of the A9 Touch Panel Assembly, and
swing the assembly outward.
NOTE
The top of the A9 Front Panel Assembly is held by two tabs. These
tabs fit into two slots in the frontĆpanel chassis.
ăStep 6:ăRemove the black ground wire from the quickĆdisconnect
ground connector on the front panel casting.
ăStep 7:ăRemove connector J73 from the A10 Front Panel Control board.
Note the position of multiĆpin connector's index triangle to ensure that
you can correctly replace this connector. Carefully remove the wire cable
through the slot provided in the front casting.
Cover the A9 Touch Panel Assembly with protective material once it is
removed, since the plastic exterior may scratch.
To replace the A9 Touch Panel Assembly board, perform the previous steps
in reverse order.
NOTE
Feed any slack cable from connector J73 to inside the chassis
(near the A10 Front Panel Control board). Be careful not to pinch
the interconnecting cable while replacing the front panel bezel.
6Ć40
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
Torx Head Screws (2)
A9 Touch Panel
Assembly
Front of Instrument
as Viewed from the Bottom
Figure 6Ć13:ăA9 Touch Panel Assembly Torx Head Screws
J73
Connector
Figure 6Ć14:ăRemoving/Replacing the A9 Touch Panel Assembly
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć41
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć5, 6Ć11,
6Ć15 and 6Ć32 for connector, screw, and index locations.
Remove the CRT shield. (Refer to Cathode Ray Tube Removal
in this section, beginning at Step 4.)
Remove connectors J72, J73, J74, and J75 from the A10 Front
Panel Button board. Note the position of the multiĆpin connectors' index
triangles to ensure that the connectors can be correctly replaced.
Remove the two Torx head screws at the upper edge of the
board.
Lift the board away from the guides at its bottom and remove it.
To replace the A10 Front Panel Control board, perform the previous steps in
reverse order.
6Ć42
Corrective Maintenance
Torx Head
Screws (2)
Support
Bracket
J72
J74
J73
J75
Figure 6Ć15:ăRemoving/Replacing the A10 Front Panel Control Board
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć43
Corrective Maintenance
A11 Front Panel Button Board
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć5, 6Ć11,
6Ć15, 6Ć16 and 6Ć32 for connector, screw, and index locations.
ăStep 1:ăRemove the CRT shield. (Refer to the removal instructions
under Cathode Ray Tube Removal/Replacement earlier in this section,
beginning at Step 4.)
ăStep 2:ăRemove connector J75 from the A10 Front Panel Control board.
Note the position of connector's index triangle for correct replacement.
ăStep 3:ăRemove the two Torx head screws from the A11 Front Panel
Button board, which is located at the top and near the inside center of
the front casting.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the A11 Front Panel Button board.
To replace the A11 Front Panel Button board, perform the previous steps in
reverse order.
Torx Head Screws (2)
Rear View of the A11 Front Panel Button Board
Figure 6Ć16:ăRemoving/Replacing the A11 Front Panel Button Board
6Ć44
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A12 Rear Panel Assembly
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć2, 6Ć17 and
6Ć32 for connector, screw, and index locations.
ăStep 1:ăRemove the connectors from the RSĆ232ĆC, the GPIB, and the
PRINTER connector holders.
ăStep 2:ăRemove the eight Torx head screws from the outer edges of the
rear panel connector plate.
ăStep 3:ăTilt the plate back from the instrument. Remove connector J78
from the top of the A12 Rear Panel assembly. Remove the grounding
wire. Note the position of the connector's index triangle to ensure that
the connector can be correctly replaced.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the rear panel connector plate and the attached A12
Rear Panel Assembly.
ăStep 5:ăRemove the following items from the rear panel plate:
two bail brackets, screws, and washers from the PRINTER connecĆ
tor
two posts from the GPIB connector
posts, lockwashers, and flat washers from the RSĆ232ĆC connecĆ
tor(s)
Torx head screw and washer (at lower left, if present)
ăStep 6:ăRemove the A12 Rear Panel Assembly from the rear panel
connector plate.
CAUTION
The metal covers on the PRINTER and on the GPIB connectors are
loose. If the board is inverted, these covers will fall off.
To replace the A12 Rear Panel assembly, perform the previous steps in
reverse order.
NOTE
Replacement of connector J78 will be simplified if you replace the
connector before reinstalling the rear panel connector plate on the
rear of the chassis.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć45
Corrective Maintenance
RSĆ232ĆC
Connector
J78
Top
(As Viewed from the Rear with
the Rear Panel Removed)
GPIB
Connector
PRINTER
Connector
Figure 6Ć17:ăRemoving/Replacing the A12 Rear Panel Assembly
6Ć46
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A13 Mother Board
!(*0 ' ) ,!+' !(!). -.!+- ,! '%-.! !'*1 !! %#/,!- 4 4
)
4 "*, *))! .*, - ,!1 ) %) !2 '* .%*)-
ăStep 1:ă!(*0! .$! .$,!! *,2 $! - ,!1- .$ . -! /,! .$! *0!,
) .$!) ,!(*0! .$! *0!, !(*0! .$! , #! ,!. %)!, ",*(
.$! .*+ ",*). *" .$! , #! 3 ,!(*0%)# .$! , #!- .1* - ,!1-
!(*0! *.$ %, /%. * , #/% !- ",*( .$! .*+ *" .$! , #! $!
*.$!, !) - *" .$! #/% !- *). %) -'*.- .$ . .. $ .* .$! ! #! *" (!. '
, &!. *.$ !) - *" .$! #/% !- ) ! +,%! '**-!
ăStep 2:ă!(*0! .$!
2! /.%0! ,* !--*, )
!(*,3 * , - *.! .$! +*-%.%*) *" .$! (/'.%4+%) *))! .*,- %) !2
.,% )#'!- .* !)-/,! .$ . .$! *))! .*,- ) ! *,,! .'3 ,!+' !
NOTE
ăStep 3:ă!(*0! *))! .*, ",*( .$! *.$!, * ,
ăStep 4:ă!(*0! .$! -%2 *,2 $! - ,!1-
ăStep 5:ă!(*0! .$! *.$!, * ,
* ,!+' ! .$! *.$!, * , +!,"*,( .$! +,!0%*/- -.!+- %) ,!0!,-!
*, !,
CAUTION
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć47
Corrective Maintenance
Torx Head Screws (6)
J63A
Figure 6Ć18:ăRemoving/Replacing the A13 Mother Board
6Ć48
Maintenance
!! %#/,!-
4
4
4
)
4 "*, * , *))! .*, - ,!1 ) %) !2
'* .%*)-
!(*0! ) ,!+' ! .$! * , - "*''*1-
! !!(*0! .$! .$,!! *,2 $! - ,!1- .$ . -! /,! .$! *0!,
) .$!) ,!(*0! .$! *0!,
! !!(*0! *.$ *" .$! +' -.% * , #/% !- ",*( .$! .*+ *" .$!
, #! $!-! #/% !- ,! ,!. %)! 3 .1* -( '' . $!- '* .! %)
.1* $*'!- %) .$! '!". , &!. *" .$! , #! $! *.$!, !) - *" .$!
#/% !- *). %) -'*.- .$ . .. $ .* .$! ! #! *" (!. ' , &!. *.$
!) - *" .$! #/% !- ) ! +,%! '**-!
! !!(*0! *))! .*,- )
",*( .$!
* , *.! .$! +*-%.%*) *" (/'.%4+%) *))! .*, %) !2 .,% )#'!- .* !)-/,!
.$ . 3*/ ) ! *,,! .'3 ,!+' ! .$!-! *))! .*,-
! !%". .$! 1$%.! $%)#! . . .$! /++!, ",*). ! #! *" .$! * ,
/'' .$! . /+1 , /).%' .$! * , -!+ , .!- ",*( .$!
*.$!, * ,
!
!!(*0! .$! * ,
* ,!+' ! .$! * , +!,"*,( .$! +,!0%*/- -.!+- %) ,!0!,-! *, !,
NOTE
Insert the board edges into the plastic guides at each end of the
card cage. Lower the board into position.
Ensure that connector P105 is seated on the A13 Mother board
connector. Push down firmly on the A14 I/O board to seat this
connector on the A13 Mother board.
WARNING
A lithium battery (BT130) is mounted on the A14 I/O board. Be
careful when placing the A14 I/O board on metal surfaces. If some
IC or battery leads are shorted, the battery may discharge or overĆ
heat and vent. (You can use plastic standoffs to prevent short
circuits.) This battery requires special handling for disposal.
Refer to the instructions on Lithium Battery Disposal and First Aid
earlier in this section.
6Ć49
Corrective Maintenance
J78
J77
J90
J72
Front of Oscilloscope
Lithium Battery
(BT130)
P105
(to A13 Mother Board
Connector)
Figure 6Ć19:ăRemoving/Replacing the A14 I/O Board
6Ć50
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A15 Memory Management Unit (MMU) Board
See Figures 6Ć4, 6Ć7, 6Ć20, and 6Ć32 for board, connector, screw, and index
locations.
Remove and replace the A15 MMU board as follows:
ăStep 1:ăRemove the three Torx head screws that secure the CRT cover,
and then remove the CRT cover.
ăStep 2:ăRemove both of the plastic board guides from the top of the
card cage. The guides are retained by two small catches located in two
holes in the left bracket of the card cage. The other ends of the guides
contain slots attach to the edge of a metal bracket. Both ends of the
guides can be pried loose.
ăStep 3:ăRemove connectors J52, J53, J57, and J83 from the A15 MMU
board. Note the position of multiĆpin connector index triangles to ensure
that you can correctly replace these connectors.
ăStep 4:ăLift the white, hinged tabs at the front and rear edges of the A15
MMU board. Pull the tabs upward until the A15 MMU board separates
from the A13 Mother board.
ăStep 5:ăRemove the A15 MMU board.
To replace the A15 MMU board, perform the previous steps in the reverse
order.
NOTE
Insert the board edges into the plastic guides at each end of the
card cage. Lower the board into position.
Ensure that connector P101 is seated on the A13 Mother board
connector. Push down firmly on the A15 MMU board to seat this
connector on the A13 Mother board.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć51
Corrective Maintenance
J83
J53
J57
J52
Front of Oscilloscope
P101
(To A13 Mother Board
Connector)
Figure 6Ć20:ăRemoving/Replacing the A15 MMU Board
6Ć52
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A17 Executive Processor (EXP) Board
See Figures 6Ć4, 6Ć7, 6Ć21, and 6Ć32 for board, connector, screw, and index
locations.
Remove and replace the A17 Executive Processor board as follows:
ăStep 1:ăRemove the three Torx head screws that secure the CRT cover,
and then remove the CRT cover.
ăStep 2:ăRemove both of the plastic board guides from the top of the
card cage. The guides are retained by two small catches located in two
holes in the left bracket of the card cage. The other ends of the guides
contain slots that attach to the edge of a metal bracket. Both ends of the
guides can be pried loose.
ăStep 3:ăRemove connector J77 from the A17 Executive Processor
board. Note the position of the multiĆpin connector's index triangle to
ensure that you can correctly replace this connector.
ăStep 4:ăLift the white, hinged tabs at the front and rear edges of the
board. Pull the tabs upward until the A17 Executive Processor board
separates from the A13 Mother board.
ăStep 5:ăRemove the A17 Executive Processor board.
To replace the A17 Executive Processor board, perform the previous steps in
reverse order.
NOTE
Insert the board edges into the plastic guides at each end of the
card cage. Lower the board into position.
Ensure that connector P104 on the A17 Executive Processor board
is seated on the A13 Mother board connector. Push down firmly on
the A17 Executive Processor board to seat this connector on the
A13 Mother board.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć53
Corrective Maintenance
J77
Front of Oscilloscope
P104
(To A13 Mother Board
Connector)
Figure 6Ć21:ăRemoving/Replacing the A17 Executive Processor Board
6Ć54
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A18 Memory Board
See Figures 6Ć4, 6Ć7, 6Ć21, 6Ć22, and 6Ć32 for board, connector, screw, and
index locations.
Remove and replace the A18 Memory board as follows:
ăStep 1:ăRemove the three Torx head screws that secure the CRT cover,
and then remove the CRT cover.
ăStep 2:ăRemove both of the plastic board guides from the top of the
card cage. The guides are retained by two small catches located in two
holes in the left bracket of the card cage. The other ends of the guides
contain slots that attach to the edge of a metal bracket. Both ends of the
guides can be pried loose.
ăStep 3:ăRemove connector J77 from the A17 Executive Processor
board. Note the position of the multiĆpin connector's index triangle to
ensure that you can correctly replace this connector.
ăStep 4:ăLift the white, hinged tabs at the front and rear edges of the
board. Pull the tabs upward until the A18 Memory board separates from
the A13 Mother board.
ăStep 5:ăRemove the A18 Memory board.
To replace the A18 Memory board, perform the previous steps in reverse
order.
NOTE
Insert the edges of the board into the plastic guides at each end of
the card cage. Lower the board into position.
Ensure that connector P106 is seated on the A13 Mother board
connector. Push down firmly on the A18 Memory board to seat this
connector on the A13 Mother board.
WARNING
A lithium battery (BT130) is mounted on the A18 Memory board. Be
careful when placing the A18 Memory board on metal surfaces. If
some IC or battery leads are shorted, the battery may discharge or
overheat and vent. (You can use plastic standoffs to prevent short
circuits.) This battery requires special handling for disposal.
Refer to the instructions on Lithium Battery Disposal and First Aid
earlier in this section.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć55
Corrective Maintenance
Front of Oscilloscope
Lithium Battery
(BT150)
P106
(To A13 Mother Board
Connector)
Figure 6Ć22:ăRemoving/Replacing the A18 Memory Board
6Ć56
Maintenance
"
!
"$+! # '%!"#) ()%( ' ! () !$, *'(
/
/
#
/ $' $##)$' (', # #- !$) $#(
# #"$+ ) &* ( ) $# *# ) # %$( ) $# ) &* ( ) $# *# ) #
) *%' ) %$( ) $#
# #"$+ ) ),$ $'- (',( $# ! ') # #
' !$) ) ) )$% $ ) &* ( ) $# *# ) )$ '"$+ ) ( '(
# #"$+ $##)$'(
# '$" ) )'$
* ' $'
NOTE
# #"$+ '$" )
&* ( ) $# #)'$##) $'
# #"$+ ) ),$ $'- (',( $# ) $))$" $ )
)'$
* ' $' # #)!. %*!! $*) ) $'
$ '%! ) )'$ $' %' $'" ) %'+ $*( ()%( # '+'(
$''
" !
6Ć57
Corrective Maintenance
J4C J3C
J32
J3A
J4A
J33A J33B
J2B
J34
J1B
J29A
J30A
Torx Head Screws (2)
Figure 6Ć23:ăRemoving/Replacing the A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer Board
6Ć58
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A20/A21 Head Interconnect (Power Only) and
A22/A23 Head lnterconnect Boards
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć23, 6Ć24,
6Ć25, 6Ć26, 6Ć28, 6Ć29, and 6Ć32 for connector and screw locations.
ăStep 1:ăRemove the Acquisition unit and position the Acquisition unit in
the upright position.
ăStep 2:ăRemove the two Torx head screws on each black retaining
brace located at the top of the Acquisition unit.
ăStep 3:ăRemove the A27 Acquisition Analog board, the A28 Acquisition
MPU board and the A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer board.
ăStep 4:ăRemove the four screws holding the top front subpanel of the
Acquisition unit.
ăStep 5:ăRemove the four screws on the goldĆcolored locking bar loĆ
cated on the top front of the Acquisition unit.
ăStep 6:ăTurn the Acquisition unit in the inverted position and repeat
Step 5 on the bottom of the Acquisition unit.
ăStep 7:ăRemove the connectors from the A26 M/F Acquisition InterconĆ
nect board connector. Note the position of the multiĆpin connector's
index triangle to ensure that the connector can be correctly replaced.
ăStep 8:ăRemove the Front Subpanel assembly with the A20ĆA23 Head
Interconnect boards intact.
ăStep 9:ăRemove the bottom Torx head screw from within the sampling
head compartment that contains the head interconnect board you are
removing.
ăStep 10:ăTurn the Front Subpanel assembly around so that the open
compartments face away from you.
ăStep 11:ăRemove the top nut that fastens the sampling head compartĆ
ment to the head interconnect board you are removing.
ăStep 12:ăRemove the Head Interconnect board by slightly prying up on
the tabs that are keeping it in place, and slowly remove the board(s)
from the J1/2/3/4 connector.
To replace the A20/A21 Head Interconnect (Power Only) or the A22/A23
Head Interconnect boards, perform the previous steps in reverse order. Be
sure to replace the Power Only boards at J11 and J12 on the A26 M/F
Acquisition Interconnect board.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć59
""$ & $
J1/2/3/4
%"
* ) & ! $ $" $
'" ( $ $" $
"#
6Ć60
$
Corrective Maintenance
Front View of Front Subpanel Assembly
Power Only
Compartments
Sampling Head
Compartments
Torx Head Screws
Torx Head Screws
Rear View of Front Subpanel Assembly
A22 and A23 Head Interconnect
Board Retaining Nuts
A20 and A21 Head Interconnect
Board Retaining Nuts (Power Only)
A22 and A23 Head
Interconnect
Boards
A20 and A21 Head
Interconnect
Boards (Power
Only)
Retaining Tabs
(4 per Board)
Retaining Tabs
(4 per Board)
Figure 6Ć25:ăRemoving/Replacing the Front Subpanel Assembly
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć61
Corrective Maintenance
A26 M/F Acquisition lnterconnect Board
')0 & ( , *& ' (. . *- , &$-. &)1 $"/, - 4 4
4 4 4
4 ( 4 !), )(( .), - , 1 ( $( 2 &) .$)(-
ăStep 1:ă ')0 .# +/$-$.$)( /($. ( *)-$.$)( .# +/$-$.$)( /($. $(
.# /*,$"#. *)-$.$)(
ăStep 2:ă ')0 .# +/$-$.$)( ( &)" ) , .#
+/$-$.$)(
) , ( .# .,) /!! , ) ,
ăStep 3:ă ')0 .# !)/, - , 1- )( .# ")& )&), , . $($(" ,
#)& $(" .# .)* )! .# ,)(. / * ( & -- ' &3 )! .# +/$-$.$)( /($.
ăStep 4:ă ')0 .# !)/, - , 1- )( .# ")& )&), &) %$(" , &) .
)( .# .)* !,)(. )! .# +/$-$.$)( /($.
ăStep 5:ă/,( .# +/$-$.$)( /($. $( .# $(0 ,. *)-$.$)( ( , * .
. *- ( )( .# )..)' )! .# +/$-$.$)( /($.
ăStep 6:ă ')0 )(( .),- ( )( .#
+/$-$.$)( (. , )(( . ) , ). .# *)-$.$)( )! .# '/&.$4*$( )(4
( .),- $( 2 .,$ ("& - .) (-/, .# . .# )(( .),- ( ),, .&3
, *&
J11
J12
J13
J14
J10
Figure 6Ć26:ăRemoving/Replacing the A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect Board
6Ć62
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
ăStep 7:ăRemove the Front Subpanel assembly with the head interconĆ
nect boards intact.
ăStep 8:ăRemove the six Torx head screws to remove the A26 M/F AcĆ
quisition lnterconnect board.
To replace the A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect board, perform the previous
steps in reverse order.
Acquisition
Unit Chassis
A26 M/F
Acquisition
Interconnect
Board
Torx Head Screws (6)
Figure 6Ć27:ăTop View of the A26 Mainframe Acquisition Interconnect Board
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć63
Corrective Maintenance
A27 Acquisition Analog Board
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć23, 6Ć26,
6Ć28, and 6Ć32 for board guide, screw, and index locations.
ăStep 1:ăRemove the Acquisition unit and position the Acquisition unit in
the upright position.
ăStep 2:ăRemove the two Torx head screws on each black retaining
brace located at the top of the Acquisition unit to remove these braces.
ăStep 3:ăRemove connectors J41, J42, J43 and J44 from the A27 AcĆ
quisition Analog board.
ăStep 4:ăPull up on the hinged white tabs until the board separates from
connector P6.
To replace the A27 Acquisition Analog board, perform the previous steps in
reverse order.
NOTE
Insert the edges of the board into the plastic guides. Lower the
board into position.
Check that connector is seated on the A26 M/F Acquisition InterĆ
connect board connector. Push down firmly on the A27 Acquisition
Analog board to seat this connector on the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect board.
J41 J42
J43 J44
P5/6 (to A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board Connector)
Figure 6Ć28:ăRemoving/Replacing the A27 Acquisition Analog Board
6Ć64
Maintenance
Corrective Maintenance
A28 Acquisition MPU Board
Removal and replacement steps are listed below. See Figures 6Ć23, 6Ć26,
6Ć29, and 6Ć32 for board guide, screw, and index locations.
ăStep 1:ăRemove the Acquisition unit and position it upright.
ăStep 2:ăRemove the two Torx head screws on each black retaining
brace located at the top of the Acquisition unit; remove these braces.
ăStep 3:ăPull up on the hinged white tabs until the board separates from
connector P8 on the A26 M/F Acquisition Interconnect board.
To replace the A28 Acquisition MPU board, perform the previous steps in
reverse order.
NOTE
Insert the edges of the board into the plastic guides. Lower the
board into position.
Check that the connector is seated on the A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect board connector. Push down firmly on the A28 AcĆ
quisition MPU board to seat this connector on the A26 M/F AcquisiĆ
tion Interconnect board.
P7/8 (to A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board Connector)
Figure 6Ć29:ăRemoving/Replacing the A28 Acquisition MPU Board
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć65
Corrective Maintenance
FRU IC Removal
" )*( -* + (* * &(.#'! ' * )% #'! ," + #' ,"
* (-,%#' #' ,"#+ + ,#('
Serial Data Interface Integrated Circuits (SlamĆPack" ICs)
#+ &(-', (' ," (* #!-* 3
(* ," %( ,#(' (
,"#+ , "+ *#+ *# ! " , +#'$ (. * " #+ (*# ', ,( #,+
+( $ , 1 . % (*' * " (," * (*' *+ * '(, " ,( #, ," ! +
( ," +( $ , " . % (*' * %#!'+ /#," +)*#'! +&%% & ,% , ,
(' (*' * ( ," +( $ , ' 0&)% ( ," #+ +"(/' #' #!-* 3
( * &(. ," *#% , ', * )*( + (%%(/+
ăStep 1:ă &(. ," (*
ăStep 2:ă(% ," " , +#'$ (. * #' )% ' -' +, ' ," * ,#'#'! %#)
1 &(.#'! ," * ,#'#'! %#) *(++ ," , + /"#% )-+"#'! (/' +%#!",%1
(' ," (. *
CAUTION
To prevent static damage to the instrument or components, observe
all the special precautions mentioned under StaticĆSensitive ClassiĆ
fication in this section.
ăStep 3:ă &(. ," (. * +%(/%1 ,( )* . ', ," *(& %%#'! (-,
(* * &(.#'! ," '(, ," )(+#,#(' ( ," #' 0 (* %, * -+
ăStep 4:ă &(. ," /#," ,/ 2 *+
CAUTION
Finger oils can degrade reliability of components. Avoid touching
the IC or its socket contacts with your fingers.
6Ć66
Maintenance
Replace the Serial Data Interface IC as follows:
Using tweezers, place the beveled corner of the replacement IC
against the index spring (the original position of this index was noted
earlier).
CAUTION
Arrange the other corners, with the tweezers, to fit evenly at the
edges of the socket.
Set the cover flat on the IC with the cover's end tabs properly
aligned with, but not in, the mating recesses in the socket.
Push down on the cover, keeping it flat on the IC, and slide the
cover end tabs into place. Hold it there while moving the retaining clip
over the tabs at the other end of the cover.
Slightly pull on the cover to check that the cover is secure.
Replace the A14 I/O board.
6Ć67
Time Base Processor Firmware
Serial Data
Interlace IC
A14-Input/Output (I/O)
A5-Time Base/Controller
Display Processor
Firmware
Executive Processor
Firmware
A15ĆMemory Management Unit
A18ĆMemory
Acquisition Processor
Firmware
A28-Acquisition MPU
6Ć68
Corrective Maintenance
Firmware Integrated Circuits (Dual InĆLine Package" ICs)
+( ),4/9$4( 5 $4( .1&$6(' 10 )174 5(2$4$6( %1$4'5 5(( ,*74( < )14
6+( .1&$6,105 10 ($&+ &,4&7,6 %1$4' +( %1$4'5 $0' 6+(,4 4(52(&6,8(
),4/9$4( " $4(
A5 Time Base/Controller board = ,/( $5( 41&(5514 " !
! !
$0' !
A15 MMU board = ,52.$; 41&(5514 " !
$0' !
A18 Memory board = $,0 41&(5514 " ! ! ! !
! ! ! $0' !
A28 Acquisition MPU board = &37,5,6,10 41&(5514 " !
.. 1) 6+( 5 .,56(' $%18( $4( 14'(4(' %; $ 5,0*.( (-6410,: 2$46 07/%(4 $5
$ 5,0*.( ),4/9$4( -,6 Each IC cannot be ordered separately 14 6+(
6+( ),4/9$4( -,6 07/%(4 ,5 <
<##
1 4(/18( $0' 4(2.$&( 6+( ),4/9$4( 5 ,0 ;174 )1..19 6+(5(
241&('74(5
WARNING
Dangerous shock hazards may be exposed when the instrument
covers are removed. Before proceeding, ensure that the CSA 803C
PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH is in the OFF position. Then, disconĆ
nect the instrument from the power source. Disassembly should
only be attempted by qualified service personnel.
CAUTION
To prevent static damage to the instrument, observe all the special
precautions mentioned under StaticĆSensitive Classification in this
section.
Firmware Upgrade Procedure
1 72*4$'( 14 4(2.$&( ;174 ),4/9$4( 5 &1/2.(6( 6+( )1..19,0* 56(25
ăStep 1:ă 4(2$4( 6+( ,05647/(06 )14 6+( ),4/9$4( 72*4$'( 241&('74( $5
)1..195
CSA 803C Service Manual
(6 6+( " " 61 $0' 4(/18( 6+( 219(4
&14'
6Ć69
Place the instrument on its right side (if not already in this position)
to provide access to the boards upgraded in the firmware upgrade
procedure that follows.
Access boards within the card cage as follows:
Ensure that the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH is set to OFF and the
power cord is disconnected.
Remove the instrument's top panel cover.
Remove the two plastic board guides from the top of the card cage
(at the left rear of the instrument).
Remove the three Torx head screws that secure the CRT cover, and
then remove the CRT cover (see Figure 6Ć4).
Upgrade the A15 MMU board firmware as follows:
Remove the A15 MMU board from the card cage. The A15 MMU
board is typically located farthest from the outside (left side) of the
instrument.
Locate the two firmware ICs, U140 and U150.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the firmware ICs or the board, ensure pin 1 is
positioned correctly when replacing components.
NOTE
Use the IC InsertionĆExtraction Pliers shown in Figure 6Ć31 for
removing and replacing the ICs. (Refer to Table 4Ć2, Test EquipĆ
ment for the part number of these pliers.)
Do not use the label on the IC for an index because it may be
applied incorrectly. (See Figure 6Ć32 for the correct location of the
index on the IC.)
6Ć70
Remove U140 and replace it with the upgraded IC. The last twoĆdigit
portion of the part number on the replacement IC should be the
same as, or higher than, that on the removed IC. Ensure that pin 1 is
oriented correctly.
Similarly replace U150 with the upgraded IC.
Corrective Maintenance
Figure 6Ć31:ăIC InsertionĆExtraction Tool
ăStep 4:ă)"* ,# &(*0 ( * !$*&/ * + !(%%(/+
&(. ,# &(*0 ( * !*(& ,# * " #
&(*0 ( * $+ ,0)$ %%0 %( , (' +%(, !*(& ,# (-,+$ % !,
+$ (! ,# $'+,*-& ',
' ,# &(*0 ( * * )% ,# !(%%(/$'" +
' # + ,# % +, ,/(1 $"$,+ (! ,# ) *, '-& * (' ,# * )% 1
& ', +#(-% ,# + & + (* #$"# * ,# ' ,# , (' ,# * &(.
" $' '+-* ,# , )$' $+ (*$ ', (** ,%0
,-*' ,# &(*0 ( * ,( $,+ !(*& * %( ,$(' $' ,# *
"
ăStep 5:ă)"* ,# $& + (',*(%% * ( * !$*&/ * + !(%1
%(/+
( ,
' (' ,# $& + (',*(%% *
( * + $"-*
1
# + (&)(' ',+ * !(-' ' * ,#
(,,(& !*(', (! ,# $'+,*-& ', /$,# ,# $'+,*-& ', )(+$,$(' (' $,+
*$"#, +$
)%
' (' ,# $& + (',*(%1
% * ( *
# % +, ,/(1 $"$, )(*,$(' (! ,# ) *, '-& * (' ,# * )% & ',
+#(-% ,# + & + (* #$"# * ,# ' ,# , (' ,# * &(.
" $' '+-* ,# , )$' $+ (*$ ', (** ,%0
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć71
Upgrade the A28 Acquisition MPU board firmware as follows:
Remove the Acquisition unit from the instrument.
Remove the A28 Acquisition MPU board from the Acquisition unit
(see Figure 6Ć1 for the exact location of these boards in the AcquisiĆ
tion unit).
Locate U611 on the A28 Acquisition MPU board (see Figure 6Ć28).
This board is located in the card cage.
Replace U611 on the A28 Acquisition MPU board.
The last twoĆdigit portion of the part number on the replacement IC
should be the same as, or higher than, that on the removed IC.
Ensure that pin 1 is oriented correctly.
Verify the instrument serial number as follows:
Locate the manufacturing jumper, J860, on the A5 Time Base/ConĆ
troller board (see Figure 6Ć10), and install the terminal connector
link.
Connect a power cord to the instrument.
Connect a terminal or controller to the CSA 803C. Refer to the
for more information on this connection.
Set the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH and ON/STANDBY switch to
ON.
Set necessary communication parameters; for example, baud rate.
After the instrument is poweredĆon, to establish communication from
the terminal or controller, enter the following commands ( is
the return key):
Verify that the serial number on the instrument's front panel matches
the mainframe ID number in the
popĆup menu in the UTILĆ
ITY major menu.
If the numbers do not match, then enter the command:
uid main:
"
where
corresponds to the serial number digits found on the
front panel serial number marker.
6Ć72
Verify that the proper ID is now displayed in the
popĆup
menu, in the Utility major menu.
Remove the procedure setup as follows:
H
Set the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH to OFF.
H
Remove the J860 manufacturing jumper on the A5 Time Base/ConĆ
troller board.
H
Replace the bottom instrument cover, and set the instrument upĆ
right.
Perform the final powerĆon and verification as follows:
NOTE
You must now perform the powerĆon sequence again for the instruĆ
ment to recognize the new manufacturing jumper configuration.
H
Set the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH and ON/STANDBY switch to
ON.
H
Verify that the instrument powersĆon and successfully completes the
SelfĆTest diagnostics.
NOTE
If problems are encountered, then check for the following:
H ăall components are properly oriented in the sockets
H ăall component pins are properly seated
H ăcomponents are installed in the correct location
6Ć73
Corrective Maintenance
Index
MultiĆPin Connectors
Cover
End Tabs
Index Bevel
IC
Index
Retaining Clip
Socket
Index Spring
Mating Recesses
SlamĆPack IC
Index
Index
Index
Index
Index
Index
Index
Dual InĆLine Package IC
Note:
Figure 6Ć32:ăMultiĆPin Connector Orientation and Semiconductor Indexing Diagram
6Ć74
Maintenance
Cabling diagrams are provided (in the section) to show the interĆ
connecting cables between the various circuit boards, modules, and assemĆ
blies. Use these diagrams as a reference when you are removing and/or
replacing cables between these units.
Two methods of interconnection are used to electrically connect circuit
boards with other boards and components. When the interconnection is
made with a coaxial cable, a special endĆlead connector plugs into a socket
on the board. Other interconnections are made with a pin soldered into the
board.
Two types of connectors are used for these interconnecting pins. If the
connector is mounted on a plugĆon board, a special socket is soldered into
the board. If the connector is on the end of a lead, an endĆlead pin connecĆ
tor that mates with the interconnecting pin is used. The following information
provides the removal and replacement procedure for the various types of
interconnecting methods.
Peltola and SMB connectors use color coding of wires, which may be helpful
to correlate a Peltola connector to its socket on a circuit board. The wire
insulation's color, or its colored stripe, is the same as the color represented
by the last digit of the JXX component number. (For example, a green wire
would connect to a J05 socket.) Other Peltola connectors may have labels
which designate their JXX component number.
These connectors are arranged so that the pin connectors used to connect
the wires to the interconnecting pins are clamped to the ends of the
associated leads.
Some of the pin connectors are grouped together and mounted in a plastic
holder. The overall result is that these connectors are installed and removed
as a multiĆpin connector.
Pin 1 on multiĆpin connectors is designated with a triangle (or arrowhead). A
triangle, dot, or square printed on circuit boards denotes pin 1. When a
connector is plugged onto a circuit board, the position or orientation of the
6Ć75
" " #"( ! " ' " & " "
! # " " #" !" ( # " " ! $
! #
# (
NOTE
Match the index triangles on the multiĆpin connectors with the
corresponding square pads on the circuit board.
Some multiĆpin connectors are keyed by a gap between the pin 1
and 3 positions in the holder. (A small plastic plug covers the pin 2
position on the end of the holder.) There is a corresponding gap
between pins 1 and 3 on the circuit board.
Align the plug in the multiĆpin holder with the gap between the
circuit board pins. The connector is then ready to be installed.
' " #"( " ! $ # "
" !" ! " "" % ! !
"! " " ! ! " " " (
! " & " "
" '( ! ' $ " # "
" ! !" "
" ! $ " % "% # " !
" $ !" " % " ! % !
% # "% " % " ! " " "
"
" ! " " "% " % ! " " " (
" ! $! !" " !" % % # " %! "
" % " !
" $ #(" " ! ! " #(" ! ""
! " " " " ! # $ !!# !
!! " " " " ! "! "!
!'
NOTE
To remove these ribbon connectors, grasp the pullĆtab (fastened
into the connector, if there) and pull it loose from the holder.
If there isn't a pullĆtab present in the connector, grasp the ends of
the connector, instead, and pull it straight out from the connector
socket.
6Ć76
Corrective Maintenance
Checks After FRU
Replacement
$1#/ +6 & 0 ##+ /#-) !#" 1& 1 - /1'!2) / 2+'1 0&,2)" # !&#!(#"
)# 7 )'010 1&# /#.2'/#" -/,!#"2/#0 1, -#/$,/*
TableĂ6Ć4:ăChecks Required After FRU Replacement
CSA 803C Service Manual
FRU Replaced
Checks Required
1/, # /'3# , /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
+1#/+ ) ),!(
,4#/ ,++#!1
, /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
#%2) 1,/ , /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
,4#/ 2--)6
#/1'! ) #$#/#+!# ,)1 %#
#/1'! ) !!2/ !6
601#* #/1'! ) ,'0#
4##- 1# !!2/ !6
/'%%#/'+%
'*# 0#,+1/,))#/
, /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
/'3#/ , /"
'0-) 6
,2!& +#) 00#* )6
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
/,+1 +#) ,+1/,)
, /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
/,+1 +#) 211,+
, /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
# / +#) , /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
,1&#/ , /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
+-2121-21 , /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
# ) '*# ),!(
, /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
5#!21'3# /,!#00,/
, /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
#*,/6 , /"
,4#/7+ ' %+,01'!0
51#+"#" ' %+,01'!0
6Ć77
Corrective Maintenance
TableĂ6Ć4:ăChecks Required After FRU Replacement (Cont.)
6Ć78
FRU Replaced
Checks Required
A19 Strobe/TDR Buffer
Board
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Extended Diagnostics
Sweep Rate Accuracy
Internal Clock
A20/A21 Head InterconĆ
nect (Power Only) Boards
Functional check of a powerĆonly device such
as an SDĆ42, SDĆ46, or SDĆ51 Sampling Head
A22/A23 Head InterconĆ
nect Boards
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Vertical Accuracy
System Vertical RMS Noise
A26 M/F Acquisition
Interconnect Board
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Extended Diagnostics
Vertical Reference Voltage
A27 Acquisition Analog
Board
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Extended Diagnostics
Vertical Accuracy
System Vertical RMS Noise
A28 Acquisition MPU
Board
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Extended Diagnostics
Firmware ICs
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Extended Diagnostics
Cathode Ray Tube (CRT)
Display
Power Supply Module
PowerĆOn Diagnostics
Extended Diagnostics
Power Supply
Vertical Reference Voltage
Vertical Accuracy
System Vertical RMS Noise
Sweep Rate Accuracy
Maintenance
This section provides the information necessary to troubleshoot a faulty
CSA 803A to the field replaceable unit (FRU) level. In most cases a FRU is a
circuit board. The primary means for troubleshooting is to use the error
index code output from the Kernel diagnostics and crossĆreference it to the
suspect circuit boards in the following tables, or to use the builtĆin FRU help
function available in Extended Diagnostics. In addition, conventional troubleĆ
shooting techniques are described at the end of this section to help identify
a faulty A4 Regulator board, CRT, Power Supply module, A13 Mother board,
or A8 CRT Driver board.
Each subsystem processor (Executive, Display, Time Base, and Acquisition)
executes a set of Kernel diagnostics prior to the SelfĆTest diagnostics. After
the Acquisition processor has verified its support circuitry, it tries to establish
communication with the Time Base processor. After the Time Base procesĆ
sor has verified its critical support circuitry, and after it has attempted to
communicate with the Acquisition processor, the Time Base processor
attempts to communicate with the Executive processor. Likewise, the DisĆ
play processor attempts to communicate with the Executive processor after
successfully executing its Kernel diagnostics.
After a processor has successfully completed its Kernel diagnostics and
established communications with the next order processor (for example,
AcquisitionĆtoĆTime Base and Time BaseĆtoĆExecutive), then SelfĆTest diagĆ
nostics execute to verify the more global functionality of the processor's
hardware system. After all the SelfĆTest diagnostics are executed, any failĆ
ures cause the CSA 803C to enter Extended Diagnostics and to display the
error index codes in a diagnostic menu. Extended diagnostics contains tests
which are a superset of the SelfĆTest.
The Kernel diagnostics (lowĆlevel SelfĆTest diagnostics) and SelfĆTest/ExĆ
tended Diagnostics produce and format error index codes differently, so
they are covered separately. Kernel diagnostics error index codes for each
subsystem are produced and read quite differently from each other.
Note that some of these tests that may indicate faulty FRU(s) are not
executed automatically during the SelfĆTest diagnostics (that is, some errors
codes are only generated by manually selecting tests or Extended DiagnosĆ
tics).
6Ć79
Kernel diagnostics are executed each time the front panel ON/STANDBY
switch is set to ON. The CSA 803C performs powerĆon diagnostics on its
microprocessor subsystems and SelfĆTest diagnostics on all of its major
circuits.
When Kernel diagnostics begin, the messages
and
are displayed. If the CSA 803C is poweredĆon
from a cold condition, then the diagnostics may complete before the CRT is
warmed up and able to display these messages.
Diagnostic routines are performed in parallel on each of the instrument's
processor subsystems: Display, Executive, Time Base, and Acquisition.
Following successful execution of their Kernel diagnostics, the Acquisition
processor attempts to communicate with the Time Base processor and the
Time Base and Display processors attempt to communicate with the ExecuĆ
tive processor.
The Executive processor will continue SelfĆTest diagnostics even if it is the
only processor that has successfully completed its Kernel diagnostics.
In the case where the Display processor has not communicated successfully
with the Executive processor, the message indicating that SelfĆTest diagnosĆ
tics are beginning will not appear on the screen. Kernel diagnostic failures
may be indicated by the message, , or
on the screen and/or a single highĆlow beep and illuminated
menu buttons.
If either the Display, Time Base, or Acquisition processors do not successfulĆ
ly pass their communications stage, then the CSA 803C automatically enters
Extended Diagnostics at the end of the SelfĆTest diagnostics. If the Display
processor is at fault, then the Extended Diagnostic menu will not appear on
the screen.
The Kernel diagnostic tests execute concurrently in all three subsystem
processor circuits at powerĆon. Hardware critical to diagnostic operation is
verified, such as ROM, RAM, DMAs, timers, and interrupt control circuitry.
For the Executive Processor, this requires checking basic operation for most
boards in the card cage (that is, those boards plugged in to the A13 Mother
board). The last step of Kernel diagnostics for the Display, Time Base, and
Acquisition processors is to verify communication. Within each processor, all
Kernel diagnostics must execute without failures before the SelfĆTest diagĆ
nostics can execute. However, the Executive processor continues with its
SelfĆTest diagnostics despite a communication failure encountered with the
Display and/or Time Base processors; additionally, the Time Base processor
does not halt when it has a communication failure with the Acquisition
processor.
Since the condition of the instrument is unknown at powerĆon, when a kernel
failure occurs, Kernel diagnostics in the Executive, Time Base, and AcquisiĆ
tion processors do not attempt to display error index codes. Instead, these
processors generate hexidecimal (hex) numbers that are read as a series of
binary bits, such as XXX1 0101 (hex error code 15 ) for the Executive
processor, 0100 (hex error code 4 ) for the Time Base processor, or
6Ć80
%"4"..+. +!" #+. 0%" -1&/&0&+* ,.+ "//+. #.+) "&0%". &*0".* (
0"/0 ,+&*0/ +. / "#". 0+ ("/ 6 6 *! 6 #+. )+." &*#+.) 6
0&+* *! "4 ),("/ +# 0%"/" %"4 "..+. +!"/
%" &/,( 5 '".*"( !& $*+/0& / !&/,( 5 * "..+. )"// $" +* 0%" / .""*
$&2&*$ 0%" * )" +# 0%" 0"/0 0% 0 # &("! +. "4 ),(" 0%" #+((+3&*$ )"// $"
&*!& 0"/ 0% 0 0%" 0"/0 # &("!
"
# 0%" "..+. )"// $" !+"/ *+0 ,," . +* 0%" / .""* 0%" "..+. &*!"4 +!"
* " + 0 &*"! #.+) 0%" /0 01/ / *! ,&*/ +* 0%" ")+.5 *6
$")"*0 *&0 + .! /"" &$1." 6
# !
"#". 0+ 0%" +3".6* & $*+/0& / ,.+ "!1." #+. &*#+.) 0&+* +10 "(#6 "/0
40"*!"! & $*+/0& /
!
%" )"*1 /0.1 01." !"0".)&*"/ 0%" #+.) 0 +# 0%" "..+. &*!"4 +!"/ %"
40"*!"! & $*+/0& / )"*1/ ." &* #+1.6("2"( %&". . %5 3&0% 0%" 1 /5/
0% 0 &/ 0%" 1 /5/0") )"*1 0 0%" %&$%"/0 ("2"( %&/ #+1.6("2"( 1 /5/6
0") (+ ' ." *! +10&*" )"*1 %&". . %5 $"*". 0"/ 0%" "..+. &*!"4
+!"/ % /1 /5/0") &* 0%" 1 /5/0") )"*1 * " /"(" 0"! *! 0"/0"!
&# 0%"." ." #1* 0&+* ( ,.+ "//+./ *! +))1*& 0&+* , 0%/ % /1 /5/6
0") &/ .+'"* &*0+ *1) ". +# , .0/ +. &. 1&0 (+ '/ &* 0%" (+ ' )"*1 #+.
0%" /"(" 0"! /1 /5/0") * /&)&( . ) **". " % (+ ' &/ .+'"* &*0+
*1) ". +# &. 1&0 ." / &* 0%" ." )"*1 0%" 0%&.! ("2"( %" #+1.0% *!
(+3"/0 )"*1 ("2"( &/ 0%" +10&*" )"*1 3%& % +*0 &*/ 0%" /) (("/0 0"/0 1*&0
0% 0 * " /"(" 0"! *! "4" 10"!
! !
%" "..+. &*!"4 +!"/ #+. 0%" 40"*!"! & $*+/0& / ." #&2"6!&$&0 +!"/
3%+/" #&./0 % . 0". &*!& 0"/ 0%" /1 /5/0") 0"/0"! %" ( /0 #+1. !&$&0/ ."
%"4 !" &) ( *1) "./ 0% 0 &*!& 0" 0%" (+ ' ." +10&*" *!
/," &#& # &(1." )+!" +. "4 ),("
&/ !" +!"! / #+((+3/
1 /5/0")7 4" 10&2"
(+ ' * )"7 .+*0 *"(
." * )"7 +#0 "5/
+10&*" * )"7 +(1)* ,"*
&(1." !"*0&057 /," &#& # &(1." )+!"
6Ć81
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
%
4 %#,-, -" ,. ,2,- & "+ - +, ( -" 1- ' #!'(,-# ++(+
#' 1 ( ,
TableĂ6Ć5:ăExtended Diagnostics Error Index Code Descriptions
Description
Meaning
1 .-#/
#,)%2
#& ,
&
#' +& *.#,#-#('
+('- )' % ('-+(%, + -#/ .+#'! -" % 4 ,- #!'(,-# , , *. '
'2 #,-.+ ' &2 ., - ,- #%.+ (+ #'! -" #'-( -"
1- ' #!'(,-# , &( (. " -" (E)Exit % % -0# #' ,. ,,#(' -(
+ &(/ -" 1- ' #!'(,-# , & '. ' + ,.& '(+&% () +-#(' '
,#-.-#(', 0" + -" #,)%2 #& , (+ *.#,#-#(' )+( ,,(+, "/
#% -" #+ $ +' % #!'(,-# , 1#-#'! #!'(,-# , -( '(+&% () +-#(' 0#%%
'(- )(,,# %
- + -" % 4 ,-1- ' #!'(,-# )+(!+&, "/ 1 .- '2 + ,.%4
-'- ++(+ #' 1 ( , )) + (' -" #,)%2 ' 1- -( -" ,,( #- ,. ,2,4
- & '& #' -" 1- ' #!'(,-# , & '. " ,. ,2,- & -"- "
#%.+ !#/ , -" #+,- ++(+ ' (.'- + ' -" '.& + ( #%.+ , #' -"
,. ,2,- &
( ! - &(+ (&)% - %#,- ( -" ++(+ #' 1 ( , #' ,. ,2,- & -(. "
-" , % -(+ ( #% ,. ,2,- & # -" #% ,. ,2,- & #, '(- %+ 2
, % - ' -" ' -(. " -" %( $ , % -(+ (. "#'! -" + ' -" '
(.-#' , % -(+, ,"(0, -" %(0 ,- % / % - ,- +(.-#' , #' -" , % - %( $
" .++ '-%2 , % - . ,2,- & %( $ + ' (.-#' + ,"(0'
%(0 -" #+ % %, - -" (--(& ( -" 1- ' #!'(,-# , & '. / +%
.' -#(' ' () +-#'! &( , % -(+, + %,( /#% % - -" (--(& (
-" , + ' " ' +-#' - ,- +(.-#' , + , % - ,(& ( -" , () +-#'!
&( , + '('4, % - % #-#('%%2 0" ' ,(& ( -" () +-#'! &( ,
+ , - -( +-#' ,-- , ,(& ( -" - ,- +(.-#' , &2 (& '('4, % -4
%
" .' -#(' ' &( () +-(+, + -" (%%(0#'!
(?)Help 5 #,)%2, %#,- ( , (+ -" .++ '-%2 , % - +(.-#' -"
+(.-#' " #%.+ -" ' -" ++(+ #' 1 ( (+ -"- +(.-#' #, %,(
#,)%2 " , + '(+&%%2 %#,- , -" &(,-4-(4% ,- )+( %
., (+ ++(+, #' -" +(.-#' ' ,(& , , -" , + %#,- 4
(+ #'! -( -" #+ , 4( 4+ )% #%#-2 #' (+ + -( &#'# -" -#&
+ *.#+ -( # '-# 2 -" .%-2
#-"#' -"#, & '. 2(. ' , ' (+0+ -( -" ' 1- +(.-#' (+ -( -" ' 1#%.+ 2 -(. "#'! -" ))+()+#- , % -(+, #' -" %(0 + )(+-#(' ( -"
, + ' 0"# " .' -#(', %#$ ,#&)% $ 2) ''#'! ('-#'. , #'
#+ .%+ ,"#(' -"+(.!" %% /#% % ,. ,2,- &,
6Ć82
Maintenance
#$ " % # $
#"! + ' ! ' & !( ' !&'%( !' %'(%!& '" ' & !( )
' ' & (&,&' " % "% "(' ! ' ' ' *& ' "% '
# (!' "! *& !)" "*)% ' &# , !( , %!' !, &!! ! *& #%"%
$. # & ! +(' "! % "! ' (%%!' , & ' !(
! ! ' (##% !( % ! ' & !' ' "*! '" '
"(' ! ) & ! '& ' '( +(' "! " ' & %"(' !& * !
"% & !)"
&( , +(' "! % & % &# , "! ' &%! & ! &'% &
' , '" ' ' " ' !( ! ! ' (##% !( %
"! (' !"' !( ! & ! !( % % * ' ! &'% &
' ! ' ! " ' !( ' ' !+' &' ) ' ' & %" % '"
" & #% , ! +(' "! % " !(&
"& %
. % ")& ' +(' "! % #%&!' "! ' (%%!' ,
& ' !( ! ! +(' "! % & "! ' & ' ' & " &
%& "% %"(' !& "* ' (%%!' , & ' !( ! "*! '"
' "(' ! ) +(' "! % #%&!' * ! %" !
&'% & "% !(& '" &#
%". !"% , !!"' & ' ! & (& , $(
&%) #%&"!! "! ,
' $. '% !'&
+'! !"&' & ! %'(%!& ' !&'%( !'
'" !"% "#%' ! " (' "! , ' & & '"% & '"( '* !
&(&& "! %&' '"( (&& "! % ' "! #%" #' '" ##% '
' '"# " ' &%! ' &"! '"( (&& ' '( '% !' "! "
'
+'! !"&' &
. '" & ! ! ! ! ' & ' '&'& &
+(' "!' !("(& , * ' ' !( % " '%' "!& &# ,
$"#. '" & ! ! ! ! '&'& ! ' ""# "
+(' ' ' &'&' %' (' ' '%' "!
""# %"(' & !"'
(#' (!' ' '&' & &'"## , '"( ! ' &%! "% (''"!
' . '" & ! ! ! ! '&'& ! ' (%%!'
& ' '" +(' * ! &'%'
#$ "". '" & ! ! ! ! '&' ! &'"#& '% '
%&' '&' " # '&
"% !% $. &'%'& "% &'"#& ' (%%!' , & ' '&'&
!( %
6Ć83
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
Diagnostic Menus
The upper portion of the display screen is used to display diagnostic menus.
Menus are comprised of menu items and menu fields. Menu items are rows
of items that can be selected, while menu fields are columns of status inĆ
formation.
There are four tiers of menus which may appear in the menu area (only one
is present at any given time): the Subsystem, Block, Area and Routine
menus. Upon entry into any menu, there is always one menu item that is
selected. And, only one menu item can be selected at any given time.
The following field descriptions apply for Subsystem, Block, Area and RouĆ
tine menus.
Subsystem, Block and Area menus are divided into the following four fields:
Execution Mark, Title, Error Index Code, and Failure Count. The Routine
menu has these and three additional test result fields.
Execution Mark Ċ is a one character field preceding the Title field and
succeeding the keystroke selector identification. The three values of this
field and their meanings are as follows:
`'
All routines in this Subsystem, Block, or Area are available for
execution
`*'
No routines in the Subsystem, Block, or Area are available for
execution
`-'
One or more routines in the Subsystem, Block, or Area are
available for execution
Refer to the Delete and Add descriptions for further information.
6Ć84
Title field Ċ contains the name of individual hardware Subsystems,
Blocks, Areas, or Routines.
Error Index Code field Ċ contains an index code. The index field may
contain one of five types of status (indicating one of four types of tests),
providing the following information:
pass"
An automatic test has executed and did not fail.
Yxxxx"
A test has failed and the failure encountered in subsysĆ
tem Y is xxxx. This index code contains one digit each
for Subsystem identification, Block identification, Area
identification, Routine identification, and a Test identifiĆ
cation that gives some specific information about the
failure.
****"
An automatic test has not yet been executed. When the
test does execute, the test will provide pass or Yxxxx
failure status.
- - - -"
The test requires you to perform some type of test setĆ
up using the RSĆ232ĆC loopback connector. When
executed, this status provides pass or Yxxxx failure
status. To execute this test, you must select it.
Maintenance
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
" (blank)
This status indicates that the test requires action from
the user (such as the front panel verification tests), or
that the test is for stimulus only (such as the manual
calibration tests). This status does not provide failure
status. To execute this test, select it individually.
????"
This status indicates that an option was found that was
not present in the current instrument configuration or
that a subsystem was found that did not have a workĆ
ing communication path.
Failure Count field Ċ indicates the total number of routine failures (one
per routine) currently encountered in the Subsystem, Block, or Area.
Thus, the Failure Count will never be more than the total number of
routines in the subsystem. If no tests have been executed or no failures
have occurred, then this field is blank. Since the failure count field is an
indication of all routines that have failures, it is possible to have a failure
field count greater than the loop count (for example, there may be five
routine failures after the first loop).
A field display of 65535+ indicates that the Failure Count field has gone
beyond 65534 and that an overflow condition has occurred.
The following field descriptions apply only to Routine menus.
Test Results fields Ċ contain information useful for troubleshooting.
One of the following formats is used:
test address, expected data, and actual data
expected data lower bound (minimum), expected data upper bound
(maximum) and actual data
Diagnostic Menu Hardcopy
Press the hardcopy button on the front panel to make hardcopy of a diagĆ
nostic menu. The hardcopy is sent to a printer attached to the PRINTER
port. Screen hardcopies can also be obtained from other menus (for examĆ
ple, help menus, interactive test menus, and hardware debugger menus).
After a hardcopy is output, a Form Feed is issued to the printer. If no printer
is attached or the printer can not print (for example, if the printer is off line or
if the printer is out of paper,) then the following warning is shown in the
Input/Prompt area:
Hardcopy absent or off line.
The hardcopy function is unavailable for some tests requiring human interĆ
action, such as touch panel interactive tests, various display tests, and
CRT/touch panel calibration patterns.
The knobs control the screen intensity during the four main diagnostics
menu levels. The TOUCH PANEL ON/OFF button enables/disables the touch
panel from responding to user touches.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć85
!#$ "!% # !!$
!#$ "
! &&
The RSĆ232ĆC port drives a terminal which conforms to the ANSI 3.64 stanĆ
dard. In this mode, the terminal provides a screenĆdriven, interactive human
interface.
This mode is useful when either the display or touch panel is not functioning
properly, or when it is desired to remotely use the diagnostics with a modem
and phone link.
There are several single terminal keystroke commands which are equivalent
to front panel buttons or are terminalĆonly commands, all of which do not
appear on any of the display screens. The following terminal keystrokes do
appear on the screen and are shown in quotes:
% "$"Ċ this keystroke, followed by the baud rate and
carriage return) allows you to change the default baud rate to any one of
the allowable product baud rates (300, 1200, 9600, 19200). The default
powerĆup baud rate is determined from the position of two internal
jumpers located on the A14 I/O board. (The Default setting is for 9600
baud.)
Ċ this keystroke toggles the screen output between the current
screen display and an ANSI compatible terminal. The terminal should
initially be set in its ANSI mode.
Ċ this keystroke toggles the screen output between the current
screen display and a Tektronix 4x05 terminal (4105, 4205).
Ċ this keystroke toggles the screen output between the current
screen display and a Tektronix 4x07 terminal (4107, 4207).
Ċ this keystroke produces a hardcopy of the current diagnostic
menu as described earlier.
Ċ this keystroke disables/enables the touch panel from responding
to the user's touches. It is equivalent to the TOUCH PANEL ON/OFF
button.
Ċ this keystroke, when used in interactive test menus, stops and
starts the display information in the keypad prompt area. This keystroke
is equivalent to the ACQUISITION RUN/STOP button in those menus.
To gain access to the terminal mode diagnostics, the instrument must be in
the Extended Diagnostic mode.
To exit the terminal mode, either recycle the power, enter the (Exit) keystroke
twice to begin normal operation, or enter the appropriate `L', `T', or `K'
keystroke to transfer the screen output back to the instrument display.
6Ć86
$
% #(),-% +). &",$))-%(#
1,-"' )!"
44
The SelfĆTest diagnostics and Extended Diagnostics are accessible using the
two commands listed in Table 6Ć6.
&"24 31,-"' )!" )'' (!,
" !"+
+#.'"(-
)-",
SetĆonly
SetĆonly
SetĆonly
QueryĆonly
The command invokes SelfĆTest diagnostics or Extended Diagnostic
execution. The command without arguments initiates SelfĆTest diagĆ
nostics. The command with argument initiates Extended DiagĆ
nostics.
Refer to the CSA 803C and 11801B Programmer Manual for more informaĆ
tion on TEST and DIAG command syntax and usage.
The return of one of two event codes listed in Table 6Ć7 to the GPIB and
RSĆ232ĆC ports signals that diagnostic testing is complete.
&"24 3/"(- )!" ", +%*-%)(,
/"(- )!"
0*& ( -%)(
460
SelfĆTest or Extended Diagnostics were completed sucĆ
cessfully
394
SelfĆTest or Extended Diagnostics were completed and
failed
In either case, a GPIB/RSĆ232ĆC controller may obtain pass/fail information
through the
query.
The command with argument
initiates the Extended Diagnostics
similarly to entering Extended Diagnostics through the front panel UTILITY
menu. The primary use of this command is to provide the remote operator a
convenient way of accessing the diagnostics through the normal RSĆ232ĆC
interface so that the operator can use the Diagnostic Terminal Mode to do
remote testing.
CAUTION
The TEST command with argument MAN violates normal GPIB
protocols in that, when used, the instrument becomes nonĆresponĆ
sive to further GPIB commands until normal operation is resumed.
"+/% " (. &
6Ć87
!"$% #"& $ ""% !
The
query returns pass/fail information from the most recent invocaĆ
tion of SelfĆTest diagnostics or Extended Diagnostics. Examples of possible
responses and explanations, are as follows:
This response indicates that the SelfĆTest diagnostics or Extended DiagnosĆ
tic operation did not detect any test faults.
This response indicates that the Extended Diagnostic operation detected
test faults.
This response indicates that the SelfĆTest diagnostics or Extended DiagnosĆ
tic operation detected test faults.
This response indicates that a powerĆon has occurred and that SelfĆTest
diagnostics were bypassed through a jumper on the A14 I/O board.
6Ć88
!% !!
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
Battery Testing
The CSA 803C holds four lithium batteries to provide power when the instruĆ
ment is turned off. The following discussions provide criteria for determining
if a battery has exceeded its lifetime, and is thus causing incorrect instruĆ
ment operation. (A battery's lifetime will typically exceed five years.) If the
battery voltage measures (at 20 C) equal to or greater than the voltages
listed in this section, then the circuit should operate correctly from 0 C to
50 C. (These voltage measurements are taken with the instrument power
off.)
Battery BT130 provides power for the real time clock on the A14 I/O board. If
the clock begins to lose time rapidly when the instrument is turned off or the
diagnostics report that the Real Time Clk (E42XX) has failed, the battery
should be tested. If the battery voltage measures less than 2.7 V, then the
most likely source of the problem is the battery and you should follow the
instructions for battery disposal earlier in this section.
Battery BT150 provides power for the nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) on the
A18 Memory board. If the diagnostics consistently reports an NVRAM
Battery (E141X) failure over multiple powerĆons, then the battery should be
tested. If the battery voltage measures less than 2.7 V, then the most likely
source of the problem is the battery and you should follow the instructions
for battery disposal earlier in this section.
Sockets for devices U500 and U511 provide power for the NVRAM on the
A5 Time Base/Controller board. If the diagnostics consistently report a Static
RAM Battery (T1331) failure over multiple powerĆons, then the batteries
should be tested. If either one of the battery voltages measures less than
2.1 V, as measured on pin 28 (Vcc), follow the instructions for battery disĆ
posal earlier in this section. (It is recommended that both batteries be reĆ
placed at the same time.)
NOTE
Turning the instrument off while Extended Diagnostics is executing
one of the NVRAM memory tests may cause failure of the NVRAM
battery test. If the diagnostics report an NVRAM battery failure, then
exit the diagnostics. This will rewrite the confidence words into the
NVRAM. Turn off the instrument for at least one hour. Then, turn the
instrument back on. If the diagnostics still indicate an NVRAM
battery failure, then the battery should be tested.
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć89
!"+.! ,+3!.71, !("7!/0 !#%*/8 10 &1/0 "0!. 0$!
4! 10%2! ,.+ !//+.
$ / .1* %0/ !.*!( % #*+/0% /8 0$! ".+*0 , *!( 100+*/ .! / **! 5 0$!
4! 10%2! ,.+ !//+. " 0$!
4! 10%2! ,.+ !//+. /!*/!/ 0$ 0 0$!
*
100+*/ * +*(5 0$!/! 03+ 100+*/ .! ,.!//! %* %!
(+/! 1.%*# 0$%/ 0%)! 0$!* 0$!
4! 10%2! ,.+ !//+. .!/!0/ %0/ 0+
!" 1(0 /0 0! 0$! !'/! 1.!
. /! !)+.5 "1* 0%+* $%/ !//!*0% ((5 !7
/0.+5/ (( /0+.! /!00%*#/ * /0+.! 0. !/ %* $!* 0$%/ + 1./ 0$!
%/ %*%0% (%6! 5 "%((%*# (( 10 "!3 (+ 0%+*/ 3%0$ !" 1(0 2 (1! $!
"+((+3%*# %0!)/ .! (!"0 %*0 0 "0!. 0$! %/ .!/!0
1) !. +" %*/0.1)!*0 ,+3!.7+*/
*/0.1)!*0 ,+3!. +* 0%)!
%*". )! /!.% ( *1) !.
$%/ /! 0%+* +..!( 0!/ !.*!( % #*+/0% !..+. %* !4 + !/ 3%0$ 0$! +),+7
*!*0/ +. + . / /1/,! 0! +" 1/%*# ! $ !..+. $! /1/,! 0 / "+.
!("7!/0
40!* ! % #*+/0% / !..+. %* !4 + !/ .! % !*0%"%! 5 1/%*# 0$!
1%(07%* $!(, "1* 0%+*
!/ .% ! 1* !. !("7!/0
40!* !
% #*+/0% /
$! / %* 0$! 1/,! 0 + . 0!#+.5 %* 0$! "+((+3%*# !..+. %* !4 0 (!/
.! (%/0! %* )+/070+7(! /0 ,.+ (! 1/! +. !. " *5 % #*+/0% !..+./
+ 1. %*/,! 0 0$! /1/,! 0 "+. (++/! +**! 0%+*/ * +),+*!*0/
$!* .!,! 0 0$! % #*+/0% 0!/0 " *5 % #*+/0% !..+./ + 1. # %* .!7
,( ! 0$! /1/,! 0 / 3%0$ '*+3* #++ +. / $! ' 0$ 0 0$!
*!3 %/ +*"%#1.! !4 0(5 (%'! 0$! +( +*! * 0$ 0 *5 %*/0 ((! "%.)7
3 .! ) 0 $!/ 0$! 2!./%+* %* 0$! +(
$! !..+. %* !4 + !/ * 0!/0/ .! %2% ! %*0+ "+1. #.+1,/ /! +* 0$!
"+1. ,.+ !//+. /1 /5/0!)/
4! 10%2! %/,( 5 %)!
/! * -1%/%0%+*
$ /1 /5/0!) #.+1, $ / 0 (! +" '!.*!( % #*+/0% !..+. %* !4 + !/ *
%0%+* 0$!
4! 10%2! $ / 0 (! +" ) *1 ( 0!/0 !..+. %* !4 + !/ 3$% $
$!(, !40!* 0$! +*"% !* ! (!2!( +" %*/0.1)!*0 "1* 0%+* (%05
" *! !// .5 '!.*!( !..+. %* !4 + !/ "+. 0$!
4! 10%2! * %/,( 5 * !
.! / (+#% (!2!(/ +* %. 1%0 + . ,%*/ 1/%*# (+#% ,.+ !
6Ć90
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
FRU Name Abbreviations
Abbreviations of FRU names are listed in Table 6Ć8.
TableĂ6Ć8:ăBoard FRUs
CSA 803C Service Manual
FRU
Board
Board No
STROBEDR
M/F Strobe Drive board
(A1)
MFPOWERR
M/F Power Connect board
(A3)
REG
Regulator board
(A4)
TBC
Time Base/Controller board
(A5)
CRTSOC
CRT Socket board
(A7)
CRTDR
CRT Driver board
(A8)
TOUCH
Touch Panel assembly
(A9)
FPCTRL
Front Panel Control board
(A10)
FPBUT
Front Panel Button board
(A11)
REAR
Rear Panel assembly
(A12)
MOTHER
Mother board
(A13)
IO
Input/Output board
(A14)
MMU
Memory Management Unit board
(A15)
EXP
Executive Processor board
(A17)
MEM
Memory board
(A18)
STROBEBUF
Strobe/TDR Buffer board
(A19)
HEAD
Head Interconnect (Power Only) board
(A20/A21)
HEAD
Head Interconnect board
(A22/A23)
ACQANALOG
Acquisition Analog board
(A27)
ACQMPU
Acquisition MPU board
(A28)
MFACQCON
M/F Acquisition Interconnect board
(A26)
6Ć91
#' % $ ! % & $ $ # $% +
!#"
% * &
)&% ' $! * $ # "& $ % # (#
# % %#
% & %%#*
(# &!! * &
NOTE
The Executive, Display, Time Base, and Acquisition firmware is
packaged in a single firmware (FW) kit; the individual parts are not
available as separate components.
6Ć92
"#&' %#( & ##' "
* (' ) (&+&' !
%%#% # &
Error index codes for the Executive subsystem are listed in Table 6Ć10 along
with the suspected FRUs.
,.-
* (' ) %# &&#% %"
%%#% " * # &
%%#% " *hex
+% &
1F - 1D
1C - 19
(&$ '
#% &
MEM, EXP
FW
MEM
18 - 16
IO, EXP
15
EXP
14
EXP, MEM
13
FPCTRL, IO, MPU
12
IO, EXP
11
IO, EXP
10 - 0E
REAR, IO, MPU
0D
MMU, EXP
0C
EXP, MEM
0B
REAR, IO, EXP
Bit patterns for the hexadecimal error index codes listed in Table 6Ć10 are
displayed with the front panel MENUS LEDs in bottomĆtoĆtop bit order. The
STORE/RECALL label represents the MSB (most significant bit) and the
WAVEFORM label represents the LSB (least significant bit). When lit, the
LEDs represent a one.
For example, error index code 12 causes the STORE/RECALL and TRIGĆ
GER LEDs to light.
The status LEDs (DS306 and DS307) on the A17 Executive Processor board
will flash while the Kernel diagnostic tests are executing. If a kernel failure is
detected, then one or both LEDs will remain on. Table 6Ć11 lists the various
LED configurations and their significance.
Reading the Executive processor subsystem error bits from the A17 ExecuĆ
tive Processor board test points TP201 (MSB) to TP205 (LSB) is also posĆ
sible. See Figure 6Ć33 for the location of these test points and status LEDs.
The bits are high (+5 V) true.
%) "(
6Ć93
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
TableĂ6Ć11:ăExecutive Processor Status LED Configuration
GND
TP201
(MSB)
DS307
DS306
Significance
ON
ON
PowerĆOn
ON
OFF
Kernel Tests Executing
OFF
ON
Kernel Tests Failed
OFF
OFF
Kernel Tests Finished
TP205
(LSB)
+5V
DS307
DS306
Figure 6Ć33:ăA17 Executive Processor Board Test Point and Status LED Locations
Table 6Ć12 lists the Executive processor manual tests and verification proceĆ
dures. If the conditions specified in the verification procedure listed are not
met, then the suspect FRUs can be found using the (?) Help function.
These tests are performed manually and produce no error index code
displays. They are included to help you locate faulty boards that the Kernel
or SelfĆTest diagnostics possibly did not locate. Interconnections such as the
A13 Mother boards cables and the power supply boards are not listed;
however, these interconnections are considered as possible problem
sources.
6Ć94
Maintenance
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
TableĂ6Ć12:ăExecutive Processor Manual Tests
Test
Verification Procedure
Front Panel
Verify
ąHard Keys
This test allows you to interactively press the hard keys
to verify their operation. This test verifies the operation
of a key with both visual and audio feedback.
This test requires operator interaction and can be
executed only in the Routine popĆup menu with the All
and Loop modes set to Off. Once this test is invoked,
you can press any of the hard keys on the instrument
and verify that the corresponding image of the key on
the screen is highlighted, that the associated LED is
turned on, and that an audio click is generated.
ąSoft Keys
This test allows you to interactively touch any of the soft
keys and verify their operation. This test verifies the opĆ
eration of a key with both visual and audio feedback.
This test requires operator interaction and can be
executed
t d only
l in
i the
th Routine
R ti popĆup menu with
ith the
th All
and Loop modes set to Off. Once this test is invoked,
you can touch any of the soft keys in the instrument and
verify that a touch box is drawn around the soft key on
the screen and that an audio click is generated.
ąKnobs
This test allows you to turn either of the knobs and
verify their operation. This test verifies knob movement
with visual feedback.
This test requires operator interaction and can be
executed only in the Routine pop
popĆup
up menu with the All
and Loop modes set to Off. Once this test is invoked,
you can turn either of the knobs on the instrument and
verify that the corresponding knob pointer on the
screen rotates and that the associated counter value
changes.
Test Pattern
ąGray Scale
ąGreen Grid
ąWhite Grid
ąRed Display
ąGreen Display
ąBlue Display
ąHV Reg Disply
CSA 803C Service Manual
These tests allow you to examine and adjust the CRT
color.
These tests require operator interaction and are only
executable in the Routine popĆup menu with the All
and Loop modes set to Off. Once one of the tests is
invoked, you can examine/adjust the CRT by following
the procedure outlined in the section.
6Ć95
!$% #!& $ !!%
)+ *
(&% ' #!$$!# & $%$ ! %
$%
# % ! #!&#
%#
$#
#
/"% $#
( )() +' ( ) % ! ). $ ) #()'*"#) )$ #0
') )$#( ) '$* )( #)'#! (% '
( )() '&* '( $%')$' #)') $# # #
-*) $#!. # ) !&% %$%0*% "#* , ) )
!!" "$ () )$ # ) #$ #
"$ ()
)$ )' #+$ # ) ( )() .$* ( $*! +' . ) )
0(% ! # ($*# $*'(
! " !
/ ! ')
( )() !!$,( .$* )$ # *() ) ! "
!$ %' $
( )() '&* '( $%')$' #)') $# # #
-*) $#!. # ) !&% %$%0*% "#* , ) )
# !!" "$( () )$ # ) ( )() ( #+$
.$* # -" # *() ) '! ) " !$ %' $ $!0
!$, # ) %'$*' $*)! # # ) ! " !$
%'$*' # )
() $#
(%#
' #)'
/))'#
( )() %' #)( () $ %))'#( !! %' #)!
')'( )$ !% .$* +' . ) -)'#! %' #)' #)'0
( )() '&* '( $%')$' #)') $# # #
-*) $#!. # ) !&% %$%0*% "#* , ) )
"$ () )$
$' -*) # ) ( )() .$* ( $*!
$##) #)'$# (0$"%) ! %' #)' )$ ) 0
$##)$' $# ) '' %#! $ ) #()'*"#)
0
/ -)'# $$%
( )() +' ( %')( $ ) -)'#! 00 #)'0
( )() '&* '( $%')$' #)') $# # #
-*) $#!. # ) !&% %$%0*% "#* , ) )
"$ () )$
$' -*) # ) ( )() .$* ( $*!
%!* # -)'#! !$$% $##)$' $# ) 00
$##)$' $# ) '' %#! $ ) #()'*"#)
6Ć96
%
Diagnostic Troubleshooting
TableĂ6Ć12:ăExecutive Processor Manual Tests (Cont.)
Test
Verification Procedure
GPIB
ąInrpt Reset
ąReset Status
ąData Lines
ąInterrupt
These tests verify the Executive processor interface to
the internal GPIB circuitry. The major external GPIB
functions are not tested.
This test requires operator interaction and can be
executed only in the Routine popĆup menu with the All
and Loop modes set to Off. Before executing this test,
you should disconnect the GPIB connector from the
instrument.
Display Subsystem Error Index Codes
The Display subsystem error index codes and suspect FRUs are listed in
Table 6Ć13.
TableĂ6Ć13:ăDisplay Processor Kernel Error Index Codes
Error Indexhex
Suspect Hybrid/
IC FRUs
Suspect Board FRUs
1-4
FW
MMU
5-7
MMU
The name of the first Display kernel test that fails is displayed on the screen.
The Display processor error index code is read from the A15 MMU board
test points DIAG0 (LSB) to DIAG2 (MSB). The bits are high (+5 V) true.
The status LEDs (DS201 and DS200) on the A15 MMU board will flash while
the Kernel diagnostic tests are executing. If a kernel failure is detected, then
one or both LEDs will remain on. Table 6Ć14 lists the various LED configuraĆ
tions and their significance. See Figure 6Ć34 for the location of these test
points and status LEDs.
TableĂ6Ć14:ăDisplay Processor Status LED Configuration
CSA 803C Service Manual
DS200
DS201
Significance
ON
ON
PowerĆOn
ON
OFF
Kernel Tests Executing
OFF
ON
Kernel Tests Failed
OFF
OFF
Kernel Tests Finished
6Ć97
#$'( &$)! ' $$( #
DS200
DS201
DIAG 2
(MSB)
DIAG 0
(LSB)
)& .-
$& '( $ #( # (()'
$( $#'
"
' &$ ''$&
&&$& # * $ '
Error index codes for the Time Base processor are listed in Table 6Ć15.
! ,.- "
' &$ ''$& &# !
&&$& # * $ '
&&$& # *hex
)'% ( +&
'
1
2-3
)'% (
$& '
TBC
FW
TBC
4-7
TBC
8-A
TBC, MMU
B
TBC
C
TBC, MMU
The error index code bits of the first Time Base kernel test that fails are read
from the A5 Time Base/Controller board status LEDs ST4 (MSB), ST3, ST2
and ST1 (LSB). The bits are true (one) when the LED is on. Also, status
LEDs ST5 and ST6 indicate when the test is executing and when the test
has failed, respectively. See Figure 6Ć35 for the location of these status
LEDs.
The patterns from the status LEDs are applicable only when the Time Base
is executing or stopped in Kernel diagnostics.
6Ć98
#( ##
! " !
ST1 (LSB) ST2
ST3 ST4 (MSB)
ST5 (Test Running) ST6 (Test Failed)
Status LEDs
" %$
!
!!"
# "
6Ć99
"#'( &#)! ' ##( "
%) ' ( #" &# ''#&
&&#& " * # '
..+. &*!"3 +!"/ #+. 0%" -1&/&0&+* ,.+ "//+. ." (&/0"! &* ("
5
! ,.- %) ' ( #" &# ''#& &" !
&&#& " * # '
&&#& " *hex
)'$ ( +&
'
)'$ (
#& '
%" "..+. &*!"3 +!" &0/ +# 0%" #&./0 -1&/&0&+* '".*"( 0"/0 0% 0 # &(/ ." ." !
#.+) 0%" -1&/&0&+* + .! /0 01/ /
*!
"" &$1."
5
#+. 0%" (+ 0&+* +# 0%"/" /0 01/ /
%" , 00".*/ #.+) 0%" /0 01/ / ." ,,(& (" +*(4 2%"* 0%" -1&/&0&+*
&/ "3" 10&*$ +. /0+,,"! &* ".*"( !& $*+/0& /
Status LEDs
DS100(LSB)
DS101(MSB)
)& .- %) ' ( #"
#& (()'
'
6Ć100
"( ""
Other Troubleshooting
*+4 4'%5+0/ 1307+&'4 #&&+5+0/#- +/(03.#5+0/ #/& 130%'&63'4 (03 5306$-';
4*005+/) # (#6-5:
50 5*' -'7'-
Power Supply
Module
*+4 130%'&63' 3'26+3'4 #/ 95'/&'& +#)/045+%4 108'3 4611-+'4 5306$-';
4*005+/) (+9563' '('3 50 #$-' ; (03 # %0.1-'5' &'4%3+15+0/ 0( 5*' '26+1;
.'/5 3'26+3'&
Module Troubleshooting
( #/: 08'3 611-: .0&6-' 130$-'.4 #3' 13'4'/5 5*': #11'#3 8*'/ 5*'
" 48+5%* +4 4'5 50 ( 5*' )3''/ -+)*5 $'4+&' 5*' -#$'- (#+-4
50 -+)*5 5*'/ %*'%, (03 5*' (0--08+/) %0/&+5+0/4
*' ! ! -0%#5'& 0/ 5*' $#%, 1#/'- +4 +/ 5*'
104+5+0/
*' -+/' %03& +4 %0//'%5'& 50 # (6/%5+0/#- 108'3 4063%' 8+5* 5*' 4#.'
065165 70-5#)' 4'5 #4 5*' 0/ 5*' $#%, 1#/'-
*' (64' +4 )00& ( 5*' (64' +4 $-08/ 5*'/ 3'1-#%' 5*' (64'
*' (#/ +4 '9*#645+/) #+3 (30. 5*' +/4536.'/5 8*'/ 5*' "
48+5%* +4 &'('%5+7' (#/ %#64'4 #/ 07'3;5'.1'3#563' 4*65&08/ +/
5*' 108'3 4611-:
( 5*'4' %*'%,4 (#+- 50 %033'%5 5*' 130$-'. %0//'%5 5*' 95'/&'& +#)/04;
5+%4 ; '3+'4 08'3 611-+'4 '45 +9563' 50 5*' 08'3 611-: .0&6-'
3'('3 50 5*' &0%6.'/5#5+0/ #%%0.1#/:+/) 5*' 5'45 (+9563' (03 5306$-'4*005;
+/) 5'%*/+26'4 *' 5'45 (+9563' +/&+%#5'4 8*+%* 108'3 4611-: 70-5#)'
4063%' +4 #5 (#6-5 0 *'-1 +40-#5' 5*' 4063%' 0( 5*' 130$-'. 4'5 5*' +/4536;
.'/54 " 48+5%* 50 " #/& &+4%0//'%5 5*' 4641'%5'&
(#6-5: 108'3 4611-: 70-5#)' 4063%' (30. 5*' 08'3 611-: .0&6-' '5 5*'
" 48+5%* 50 ( 5*' 5'45 (+9563' &0'4 /05 3'%03& # (#6-5 5*'/
:06 *#7' 7'3+(+'& 5*' 4641'%5'& (#6-5: 108'3 4063%' *+4 130%'&63' +4 0/-:
'(('%5+7' (03 '95'3/#--: 4*035'& 108'3 4611-+'4 /%' #)#+/ 3'('3 50 5*'
&0%6.'/5#5+0/ #%%0.1#/:+/) 5*' 5'45 (+9563' (03 .03' 5306$-'4*005+/)
+/(03.#5+0/
A4 Regulator Board
CSA 803C Service Manual
*+4 $0#3& +4 +.1-+%+5-: 7'3+(+'& 5*#5 +4 +( #-- 5*' 05*'3 4 1#44 &+#)/045+%
5'45+/) 5*'/ :06 %#/ #446.' 5*#5 5*' ')6-#503 $0#3& +4 01'3#5+/) %033'%5-:
#4 8'--
6Ć101
Other Troubleshooting
CRT, A7 CRT Socket
Board, or A8 CRT
Driver Board
*+4 130%'&63' 3'26+3'4 # 5'45 5'3.+/#- #/& # %0.1#5+$-' ;
; 4'3+#+/5'3(#%' %#$-' '('3 50 #$-' ; (03 # %0.1-'5' &'4%3+15+0/ 0( 5*' '26+1;
.'/5 3'26+3'&
Module Troubleshooting
( 5*'
108'34;0/ 5*' " -+)*5 +4 0/ $65 5*' &+41-#:
)+7'4 4%3#.$-'& +/(03.#5+0/ 03 /0/' #5 #-- 5*'/ 5*' #/& 3+7'3
$0#3& #3' 4641'%5 *' (0--08+/) 580 130%'&63'4 *'-1 :06 &'5'3.+/' 8*'5*;
'3 5*' $0#3& 03 0/' 0( 5*' 6/+54 '+5*'3 5*' 5*'
0%,'5 $0#3& 03 5*' 3+7'3 $0#3& +4 #5 (#6-5
A13 Mother Board
6Ć102
!+5* 5*' 108'3 0(( " 48+5%* 50 " 3'.07' 5*' 501
%07'3 5*'/ 563/ 5*' 108'3 0/ $4'37' 5*' 580 4 0/ 5*'
$0#3& #/& 5*04' 0/ 5*' 9'%65+7' 30%'4403 $0#3& +/ 5*' %#3&
%#)' *'4' 4 4*06-& (-+%,'3 0/ #/& 0(( 6/5+- 5*' &+#)/045+% 5'454 #3'
%0.1-'5' #/& 5*'/ #-- 563/ 0(( ( #/: 0( 5*'4' 4 3'.#+/ -+5 +5 +/&+%#5'4
# 130$-'. 8+5* 5*' $0#3& 0/ 8*+%* 5*' 3'4+&'4 ( #-- 4 563/ 0((
5*'/ 5*' 0%,'5 $0#3& 03 5*' 3+7'3 $0#3& +4
4641'%5
!+5* 5*' 108'3 0(( %0//'%5 # 5'45 5'3.+/#-
;%0.1#5+$-' 50 5*'
64+/) #/ ;
; %#$-' 06%* 5*' 4%3''/ 5*306)* 5*' (6-108'3;0/ %:%-' 50 (03%' # &+#)/045+% '3303 40 5*' +/4536.'/5 '/5'34
95'/&'& +#)/045+%4 / 5*' 5'45 5'3.+/#- 5:1' T 50 &+41-#: 5*' EXĆ
TENDED DIAGNOSTICS .'/6 0/ 5*' 5'3.+/#- &+41-#: ( 5*' &+41-#:'&
'33034 #3' 0/-: (03 5*' (30/5 1#/'- 506%* 4%3''/ 5*'/ 5*' 5*'
0%,'5 $0#3& 03 5*' 3+7'3 $0#3& +4 #5 (#6-5 05' #/: 05*'3
'33034 #/& 64' #$-'
; '#3-+'3 +/ 5*+4 4'%5+0/ 50 +&'/5+(: 5*' 4641'%5
46$4:45'.
*+4 $0#3& +4 +.1-+%+5-: 7'3+(+'& 5*#5 +4 +( #-- 5*' 05*'3 4 1#44 &+#)/045+%
5'45+/) 5*'/ :06 %#/ #446.' 5*#5 5*'
05*'3 $0#3& +4 01'3#5+/) %03;
3'%5-: #4 8'--
Maintenance
Other Troubleshooting
Fuse Testing
The A14 I/O board has four fuses (see Figure 6Ć37). F200 supplies +5 V to
the A12 Rear Panel board. F800 supplies +5 V to the A10 Front Panel ConĆ
trol board and the A9 Touch Panel board. F600 supplies +15 V to the
A14 I/O board, card cage, A10 Front Panel Control board, A9 Touch Panel
board, A11 Front Panel Button board, and A12 Rear Panel board (reduced
to +12 V). F602 supplies -15 V to the A14 I/O board, card cage, A10 Front
Panel Control board (reduced to -5 V), and A12 Rear Panel board (reduced
to -12 V).
F200 supplies +5 V to the A12 Rear Panel board. If diagnostics report
failure of all three ports (RSĆ232ĆC, GPIB, and PRINTER), then this fuse
is the probable suspect (assuming that the ribbon cable to the A12 Rear
Panel board is connected). When tested with a multimeter, this fuse
should measure less than 1.5 V.
F800 supplies +5 V to the A10 Front Panel Control board and the
A11 Front Panel board. If the diagnostics report both an A9 Touch Panel
board failure and knob failures, then this fuse is one possible source of
this problem. When tested with a multimeter, this fuse should measure
less than 1 W.
F600 supplies +15 V to the A14 I/O board temperature sensor and tone
generator, the lights of the A11 Front Panel Button board, the A9 Touch
Panel board, the A12 Rear Panel board's RSĆ232ĆC output line drivers,
the card cage, and the A17 Executive Processor board's NVRAM. If the
NVRAM battery test and the RSĆ232ĆC External Loop Back test fail (but
the Internal Loop Back test passes), and the A11 Front Panel Button
board's lights, temperature sensor, and tone generator are all off, then
this fuse is the probable suspect. When tested with an multimeter, this
fuse should measure less than 1 W.
F602 supplies -15 V to the A14 I/O board temperature sensor and tone
generator, A12 Rear Panel board's RSĆ232ĆC output line drivers, the
A9 Touch Panel board, and the card cage. If the temperature sensor,
tone generator, and RSĆ232ĆC External Loop Back test fail (but the
Internal Loop Back test passes), then this fuse is the probable suspect.
When tested with an multimeter, this fuse should measure less than 1 W.
The A14 I/O board uses the +15 V and -15 V supplies on board to operate
the temperature sensor and the tone generator. Of the other card cage
boards, the A18 Memory board uses the +15 V supply to operate the
NVRAM circuitry. The information above and Table 6Ć17 will help you to
identify a failure of one of these fuses. If a test fails, then check the fuses.
WARNING
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć103
$" " % #
$
See Figures 6Ć2 and 6Ć37 for the location of the line fuse and the A14 I/O
board fuses, respectively.
When a fuse must be replaced, unsolder the fuse from the board. Be careful
not to damage the solder pads on the board. (It may be helpful to straighten
the fuse leads on the rear of the board before removing the leads from their
holes in the circuit board.) Refer to the Parts List section for the correct value
and part number of each fuse.
)+ *
"
%#
%"#
%#
'%$ & " #$
%"
(refer to Table 6Ć10, Executive
Subsystem Error Index Codes)
F200
open
10hex (GPIB Interrupt)
F800
open
13hex (Front Panel Inter)
F600
open
Passes the Kernel diagnostic
tests, but the front panel lights
are not lit.
+#$ '$ #$
%"
NOTE: The front panel lights do
not work so the code must be
read from the error status test
points (TP200ĆTP205) on the A17
Executive Processor board.
Exec Control
E1411ă3
ąNVRAM
E1411ă3
ąąBattery
E1411ă1
ąă*Data Lines
E1421ă1
ąă*Addr/Data
E1431ă1
Internal I/O
E3111ă1
ąTemp Sensor
E3111ă1
ąąComparator
E3111ă1
ă*Tone Gen
ĊĊ
ăą*Ramp Tone (works)
NOTE: The front panel lights,
soft keys, and hard keys do not
work.
F602
open
13hex (Front Panel Inter)
NOTE: The tone generator has a
very different tone.
$# % #$ " ( $ !"$ " $#$ # $ %$ $ ( '%$ (
+#$ #$ #
6Ć104
$
Other Troubleshooting
Fuse (F200)
Fuse (F600)
Fuse (F602)
Fuse (F800)
Figure 6Ć37:ăA14 I/O Board Fuse Locator Diagram
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć105
Other Troubleshooting
Time Base
Calibration Errors
)# 6
)'/0/ 0&# 0'*# /# ! )' . 0',+ #..,./ 0& 0 ! + --# . ,+ 0&#
/!.##+ +" 0&# /1/-#!0#" $ 1)04 / 0& 0 ! 1/# 0&# #..,. &#
/ .# )'/0#" '+ 0&# ,."#. ,$ *,/0 0, )# /0 )'(#)4 /,1.!# ,$ 0&# #..,.
'*# /# ! )' . 0',+ #..,./ 3&,/# #..,. !,"#/ .# %.# 0#. 0& + & 2#
03, "'$$#.#+0 $,.*/ "#-#+"'+% ,+ 3&#+ 0&# #..,. ,!!1./ $ 0&# #..,. ,!!1./
"1.'+% -,3#.6,+ 0&#+ 0&# *#// %# 3')) / 4
Time base calibration failed at power up: 2XX
3&#.# '/ 0&# #..,. !,"#
$ 0&# #..,. ,!!1./ 0 +4 ,0&#. 0'*# 0&#+ 0&# *#// %# 3')) / 4
Time base calibration failed: 1XX
3&#.# '/ 0&# #..,. !,"#
)' . 0',+ " 0 0, #+& +!# 0&# 0'*# '+0#.-,) 0,. )'+# .'04 '/ /0,.#" '+
,+ 0&# '*# /#,+0.,))#. , ." $ 0&'/ $ ')/
#..,. ,!!1./
"1.'+% -,3#.6,+ "' %+,/0'!/ &# 2 )1#/ .# 3.'00#+ 0 0&# $ !0,.4 3'0& 0&#
!,** +" CALCORRECTION
CALCORRECTION: N
3&#.#
+" N
CAUTION
"
! # #
"
!
"
$ ')1.# ! 1/#/ )) 2 )1#/ '+ 0&#
1' ),! 0',+/ 0, # .#/#0 0, 5#.,
&# ,/!')),/!,-# 3')) /0')) .1+ 10 3'0& "#!.# /#" !!1. !4 '+ 0&# 0'*# '+0#.6
-,) 0,. )'+# .'04 #/#00'+% 3'0& 0&# #(/#!1.# $# 01.# ",#/ +,0 $$#!0
0&# '*# /#,+0.,))#. , ."
6Ć106
Maintenance
Other Troubleshooting
TableĂ6Ć18:ăTime Base Calibration Errors
Error Message
Error Code
Suspect FRU
"%&( *"$ ) #" (*"&% '(& # $
"$ ) #" (*"&% "# * '&+ (,&%
&(
$'#"%!
CSA 803C Service Manual
6Ć107
Other Troubleshooting
Acquisition
Calibration Errors
When acquisition calibration errors occur, a message will appear on the
CSA 803A screen followed by a number that indicates in which Acquisition
system the error was detected. Following this number, there will be a string
of eight, fourĆdigit error codes that are used to identify possible faulty FRUs.
The following example shows the form that the error message will appear:
Error detected in acquisition system AA: BBBB, CCCC, DDDD,
EEEE, FFFF, GGGG, HHHH, IIII
where the A digits represent the number of the Acquisition system, and the
B, C, D, E, F, G, H, and I digits represent the fourĆdigit error codes.
The B and I digits can be ignored. If any of the C or D digits are nonĆzero,
then the possible faulty FRUs, from most to least likely, are:
ACQMPU
MFACQCON
ACQANALOG
TBC
If any of the E, F, G, or H digits are nonĆzero, then the possible fault FRUs,
from most to least likely, are:
ACQANALOG
ACQMPU
MFACQCON
6Ć108
Maintenance
Options
This section contains information on instrument and power cord options
available for your CSA 803C.
Instrument
Options
Your instrument may be equipped with one or more options. A brief descripĆ
tion of each available option is given in the following discussion. Option
information is incorporated into the appropriate sections of the manual set.
Refer to the Table of Contents for the location of option information. For
further information and prices of instrument options, see your
or contact your local Tektronix service center.
Option 1R Ċ adds slide rails and rackmounting hardware to convert the
benchtop instrument to a standard 19Ćinch rackmount version. This option
can be added at any time.
Option 10 Ċ deletes the Prescaler. The Prescaler circuitry extends the
trigger bandwidth to 10 GHz. The Prescaler may be added at any time with
an option kit.
Option A1 Ċ replaces the standard power cord with the Universal EuroĆ
pean 220 V type power cord.
Option A2 Ċ replaces the standard power cord with the United Kingdom
240 V type power cord.
Option A3 Ċ replaces the standard power cord with the Australian 240 V
type power cord.
Option A4 Ċ replaces the standard power cord with the North American
250 V type power cord.
Option A5 Ċ replaces the standard power cord with the Switzerland 240 V
type power cord.
CSA 803C Service Manual
7Ć1
%$,' $' , ) %%'$%' ) %!* $# *') $# ( (*%%! , )
#()'*"#) ! . $,'. $' $#*)$' #) ) $# +( ) $!$'.
$ # $ ) $#*)$'( # ) %$,' $' -$* '&* ' %$,' $'
$) ' ) # ) $# (*%%! ' ' )$
*' . $,'. $' !* #) .
) $#
# '$*# #
'$,#
!
'$*# *)'!
)
!*
)
'$*# ')
'#!!$,
'#
Standard*
North American
115V
Option A1
Universal Euro
230V
Option A4*
North American
230V
Option A5
Switzerland
230V
Option A2
UK
230V
Option 1A*
North American
115V/High Power
Option A3
Australian
230V
Option 1B
North American
3ĆPhase
* Canadian Standards Association certification
includes these power plugs for use in the
North American power network
7Ć2
8Ć1
8Ć2
;
#5’ 530$’
-0%,
#5%*
0&’
08’3
-05
*#//’-
*#//’-
*#//’-
#.1-+/)
’#&
%26+4+5+0/
:45’.
#-+$3#503
65
9’%65+7’
30%’4403
< <
3+/5’3
#5#
6((’34
06%*
#/’-
6550/4
/0$
5#564
/5’3/#-0%,
65
0/5306((’34
0#3& ’-’%5
0#3& ’-’%5
!/+5 ’-’%5
6/%5+0/
’%0&’3
&&3’44
#5%*
’/4’
#.1-+/)
’#&
530$’
+453+$65+0/
’.03:
#/#)’.’/5
!/+5
"#7’(03.
0/13’4403
#/& +41-#:
0/530-
530$’ ’/4’
3+))’3
’-’%5
3+))’3 /
+.’ #4’
0/530--’3
"#7’(03.
’.03:
$ #
"
!
530$’ ’/4’
530$’ ’/4’
08’3
611-:
0 530$’
6((’3
530$’ ’/4’
3’4%#-’
/#$-’
+3
530$’ ’/4’
530$’
3+7’
+3’%5
v
+1 -01
08’3
-05
*#//’-
/5’3/#-0%,
#5’
’/’3#503
’-#:
’-#:
’-#:
’-#:
’-#:
’-#:
$ #
!
i
$%$1$-"$
2"(++ 3.1
$+%9 $232
( &-.23("2
$$#! "*
31.!$ $-2$
1.,
31.!$ (231(!43(.1$2" +$1
1(&&$1 -/43
1(&&$1
$".&-(8$1
(,$ 2$
1$2" +$1
1(5$ 3.
31.!$ (231(!43(.-
(1$"3
1(&&$1 -/43
.1.,
.6$1 .-31.+
$,(91$&4+ 3$# .6$1
." +
$&4+ 3.1
.6$1
.+3 &$
4+3
$3$"3
("1./1."$22.1
$&4+ 3.1
Figure 9Ć4:ăA5 Time Base'Controller Board Block Diagram
$&4+ 3.1
$&4+ 3.1
.1.,
"04(2(3(.- 723$,2
'1.4&' 31.!$
(231(!43(.-
$%$1$-"$ -# /$1 3(.-
,/+(%($1 .6$1
$&4+ 3.1
"04(2(3(. 723$,
-3$1% "$
-3$1% "$
5$1 -#$1 .+3 &$
31.!$ 1(5$ 3.
31.!$ (231(!43(.-
1(&&$1
$&4+ 3.1
$#
$&4+ 3.1
#)423,$-3
.-5$1&$-"$
$#
,/+(%($1
.
1.,
#)423,$-3
1$$
,/+(%($1
(&(3 +
$&4+ 3$#
.6$1
$&4+ 3$# .6$1
$-2$
Figure 9Ć3:ăA4 Regulator Board Block Diagram
2
1$$-
+4$
#)423,$-3
+4$
,/+(%($1
Figure 9Ć5:ăA7 CRT Socket Board Block Diagram
CSA 8,3C Service Manual
HĆLIN Adjustment
HĆPOS Adjustment
HĆSIZE Adjustment
Horizontal
Sweep
Circuit
Coils
Grid
Bias
J78
GPIB Req
-GPIB Gr
RPD0-D7
RPA1-A4
-GPIB Sel
DO0-DO7
GPIB
Controller
Control Signal
GPIB Clk
-RP Reset
Red
From A15
MMU
Green
Blue
RED Adjustment
GREEN Adjustment
A7 CRT
Socket Board
(See
Figure 9Ć5)
Raster Scan CRT
RPD0-D7
RPA1-A4
SCREEN, FOCUS
High and
Grid Voltage
Generator
SCREEN
Standard RSĆ232ĆC Interface
Hi
Clock
Generator
Coils
Low
FOCUS
Vertical
Sweep
Circuit
RPD0-D7
RPA1-A4
-Printer Select
Degauss
VERT SIZE Adjustment
VERT POS Adjustment
Figure 9Ć6:ăA8 CRT Driver Board Block Diagram
J51
RSĆ232ĆC
Transceiver
Buffer
Reset
Beam
Current
Limit
CSA 803C Service Manual
Standard
RSĆ232ĆC
Controller
-Standard RS
GPIB Interface
RSĆ232ĆC
Transceiver
Buffer
Heater
BLUE Adjustment
Synchronization
Reset
Inverter
J50
GPIB
Control
Buffer
LED A
Red
Green
Blue
16kV
T6
Control
GPIB
Control
Buffer
Port A
Printer
Controller
Port B
N/T
Port C
Data
Buffer
Data
Buffer
J111
Data
Buffer
Printer Interface
Figure 9Ć7:ăA12 Rear Panel Assembly Block Diagram
3
’.1 0/’
’#&$#%,
5((’2
#4#
5((’2
#4#
5((’2
#4#
53
&&2’33
#4%*
8’%54+6’
#4#
53
0/’
’/’2#402
&&2’33
5((’2
’-#9’&
#4#
5((’2
&&2’33
’%0&’
’-’%4
#4%*
40 ’#2
#/’-
0/420
5((’2
+.’2
0/420+#)/034+%
-0%,3
+.’2
0/(+)52#4+0/
0)+%
’# +.’
-0%,
#4#
5((’2
&&2’33
5((’2
-0%,
’/’2#402
934’.
’3’4
40 20/4
#/’0/420-
0/420
5((’2
1
’3’4
’/’2#402
"
8’%54+6’
20%’3302
’3’4
5.’2+%
20%’3302
84’/3+0/
’3’4
5((’2
#4%*’& ’-’%4
’3’4
0/420--’2
#4#
53
#/,
7+4%*
0/420-
20.
/4’22514
0/420--’23
020.
+.’
#3’0/420--’2
&&2’33
’%0&’
’-’%4
0
+.’
#3’
0/420--’2
/4’2(#%’
&&2’33
#4%*’3
’-’%4
#4%*’3
+31-#9
/4’2(#%’
+4#1
Figure 9Ć9:ăA.5 MMU Board Block Diagram
4
&&2’33
5((’2
0/420-
53
0/420
5((’2
#6’(02.
+31-#9
+&’0
8’%54+6’
934’.
&&2’33
53
8’%54+6’
934’.
0/420
53
0 0:.+%20120%’3302
/4’22514 0/420-
"
"
+31-#9
#6’(02.
&&2’33
53
8’%54+6’
934’.
#4#
53
0:.+%20120%’3302
/4’22514 0/420#4#
5((’2 /#$-’
#/, 7+4%*
+%20120%’3302
!
/4’2(#%’
#4#
5((’2
Figure 9Ć8:ăA.4 I'O Board Block Diagram
020.
8’%54+6’
20%’3302
#4#
5((’2
/#$-’
"
#+4
4#4’
’%0&’2
#+4
4#4’
’/’2#402
"
"
5--:51 #/&
/6’24’2
#+4
Figure 9Ć.,:ăA.7 Executive Processor Board Block Diagram
CSA 8,3C Service Manual
*-& "2&
/.31/,,&1
/"1%
31/#& &.2&
&,&$3
31/#& &.2&
"-0,*.( &"% 31/#& &.2&
31/#& &.2&
31/#& &2+&6 /,3"(&2
31/#&
1*5& /"1%
"-0,*.(
&"%
/-0"13-&.32
"-0,*.( 31/#& *(.",2
4''&1
".% &5&,
)*'3
*''&1&.3*", *(.",
1*5& *(.",2
&# *
) %#! &# !# ! #
723&
31/#&
&2+&6
%%1&22
"3"
/.8 /,"3*,& "
%%1&22
"3$)&2
"33&17
"$+40
/6&1
1&$*2*/.
/,3"(&
&'&1&.$&
"
&'
%%1&22 &$/%&
".%
&-/17 &,&$3
&-/17
/.'*(41"3*/.
&"%#"$+
&-/17
"3"
4''&12
!"*3 3"3&
&.&1"3/1
!"*3 3"3&
*"(./23*$2
/.31/,
/3)&1 /"1% /..&$3/1
&# *
) !#( !# ! #
#' &
&# *
) "& $ % ! %#!
% !# ! #
5
)1 1-
)',!*
&&0%1
!+.*),'
%!$
,.210
)1 1-
!/)!"*%
!),
,.21 2&&%/
+
,.21
2*1).*%4%/
4
1-
%,1%/ #!*%
2*1).*)%/
4 1- 4
!),
),
-,3%/1%/
/1
/+
/"
&&0%1
-//%#1)-,
)1
+ 1- +
-+.!/!1-/
%3%*
)1
1-
/!,0)1)-,
-')#
)1
2+"%/
-+.!/!1-/
Figure 9Ć14:ăA27 Acquisition Analog Board Block Diagram
-
-,3%/1%/
/-+ -+.!/!1-/
(!,,%*
(!/%$
/).*%
-/1
-/-+
)+% !0%
-,1/-**%/
)*1%/ !,$
/!,0)1)-,
-2,1%/
!+.*),'
%!$
-,1/-*
/-+ -+.!/!1-/
(!,,%*
)+% !0%
-,1/-**%/
,1%/&!#%
)*1%/ !,$
/!,0)1)-,
-2,1%/
-
-,3%/1%/
)#/-./-#%00-/
Figure 9Ć15:ăA28 Acquisition MPU Board Block Diagram
6
CSA 803C Service Manual
7
8
9Ć10
ii
9Ći2
!
"#+ + ,#(' (',#'+ %#+, ( ," * )% % (&)(' ',+ (* ,"
+ + *# %(/ -+ ,"#+ %#+, ,( # ',# 1 ' (* * * )% 2
& ', )*,+
!
!
)% & ', )*,+ * .#% % *(& (* ,"*(-!" 1(-* %( % $,*('#0 '
+ *.# ', * (* * )* + ',,#.
"'! + ,( $,*('#0 #'+,*-& ',+ * +(& ,#& + & ,( (&&( ,
#&)*(. (&)(' ',+ + ," 1 (& .#% % ' ,( !#. 1(- ," ' #,
( ," %, +, #* -#, #&)*(. & ',+ " * (* /" ' (* *#'! )*,+ #, #+
#&)(*,', ,( #' %- ," (%%(/#'! #' (*&,#(' #' 1(-* (* *
)*, '-& *
#'+,*-& ', ,1) (* &( % '-& *
#'+,*-& ', + *#% '-& *
#'+,*-& ', &( # # ,#(' '-& * # ))%# %
)*, 1(- (* * "+ ' * )% /#," # * ', (* #&)*(. )*, 1(-*
%( % $,*('#0 + *.# ', * (* * )* + ',,#. /#%% (', , 1(- (' *'#'!
'1 "'! #' ," )*, '-& *
"'! #' (*&,#(' # '1 #+ %( , , ," $ ( ,"#+ &'-%
" !
"
#+ + *.# 1 &( -% * )% & ', +( ," * * ,"* ()2
,#('+ 1(- +"(-% ('+# *
" % ' +(& + + 1(- &1 0 "'! 1(-* &( -% (*
* &'- ,-* &( -% " + &( -% + (+, +#!'# # ',%1 % ++ ,"'
' / &( -% + ' & , ," +& ,(*1 +) # # ,#('+ (* &(* #'2
(*&,#(' (-, ," &( -% 0 "'! )*(!*& %%
0,
" (- &1 +"#) 1(-* &( -% ,( -+ (* * )#* , * /"# "
/ /#%% * ,-*' #, ,( 1(-
$ " (- &1 )-* "+ ' / * )% & ', &( -% + #' ,"
+& /1 + (," * * )% & ', )*,+
$ !
( * )% #*&/* #' ,"#+ )*( - , (* * ," #*&/* 1 ," )*, '-& *
)*#', (' ," (&)(' ', % % #*&/* #+ '(, %#+, #' ," * )% %
)*,+ %#+,+
# "
10Ć1
Replaceable Parts
Using the
Replaceable Parts
List
*+"( $ %(#* %$ $ * &" " (*) )* ) (($ %( '+ !
( *( ," $ ()*$ $ * )*(+*+( $ *+( ) % * " )* - "" "& /%+
$ * "" * $ %(#* %$ /%+ $ %( %( ( $ ( &" # $* &(*)
Item Names
$ * &" " (*) )* $ * # # ) ) &(* (%# * )( &0
* %$ / %"%$
+) % )& " # ** %$) $ * # # #/ )%# 0
* # ) && ( ) $%#&" *
%( +(* ( * # # $* * %$
(" *"% $ $%%! 0 $ +) - ( &%)) "
Indentation System
) &(*) " )* ) $ $* *% ) %- * ( "* %$) & *- $ * #)
%""%- $ .#&" ) % * $ $** %$ )/)* # +) $ * )( &* %$
%"+#$
1ą 2ą 3ą 4ą 5
Name & Description
Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Detail Part
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
Parts of Detail Part
Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
** $ &(*) "-/) && ( * * )# $ $** %$ ) * * # * /
#%+$* - " * * " &(*) ( $ $* *% * ( * $ $* * #) (
&(* % $ $"+ - * * $ .* ( $ $** %$ ** $ &(*) #+)*
&+( ) ) &(* "/ +$" )) %* (- ) )&
Abbreviations
( , * %$) %$ %(# *% # ( $ * %$" *$() $)* *+*
)*$(
10Ć2
Mechanical Parts List
Replaceable Parts
TableĂ10Ć1:ăBoard FRUs
CSA 803C Service Manual
FRU
Part Number
Description
A1
670-9365-06
M/F Strobe Drive
A2
620-0022-09
Power Supply Assembly
A3
670-9640-00
M/F Power Connect
A4
670-9655-01
Regulator
A5
672-0383-00
Time Base/Controller w/Prescaler (Std)
A5
672-0384-00
Time Base/Controller w/o Prescaler
(Opt. 10)
A6
671-4471-00
Calibrator
A8
672-1372-01
CRT Driver
A9
--------
Touch Panel Assembly
(Not Replaceable-Order
614-0941-00)
A10
670-8847-01
Front Panel Control
A11
671-1130-00
Front Panel Button
A12
671-0013-00
Rear Panel
A13
671-1129-00
Mother
A14
670-8854-04
Input/Output
A15
671-1023-02
Memory Management Unit
A17
671-2888-00
Executive Processor
A18
671-1890-00
Memory
A19
671-2909-00
Strobe TDR Buffer (P/O 657-)
No A#
657-0089-00
Acquisition Module
A20
670-9366-02
Head Interconnect (P/O 657-)
A21
670-9366-02
Head Interconnect (P/O 657-)
A22
670-9366-02
Head Interconnect (P/O 657-)
A23
670-9366-02
Head Interconnect (P/O 657-)
A26
670-9361-00
M/F Acquisition Interconnect (P/O 657-)
A27
670-9364-05
Acquisition Analog (P/O 657-)
A28
670-9363-01
Acquisition MPU (P/O 657-)
10Ć3
" #%$
#
!
& %&##
S0482
SONY CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
S3109
FELLER
72 VERONICA AVE
UNIT 4
SUMMERSET NJ 08873
S3629
SCHURTER AG H
C/O PANEL COMPONENTS CORP
2015 SECOND STREET
BERKELEY CA 94170
TK0435
LEWIS SCREW CO
4300 S RACINE AVE
CHICAGO IL 60609-3320
TK0488
CURRAN COIL SPRING INC
635 NW 16TH
PORTLAND OR 97209-2206
TK0588
UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCTS
1775 NW 216TH
HILLSBORO OR 97123
TK0623
GENERAL TOOL AND SUPPLY CO (DIST)
407 NW 17TH
PORTLAND OR 97209-2214
TK1159
IMPROVED PRODUCTS
3400 OLYMPIC STREET
SPRINGFIELD OR 97477
TK1163
POLYCAST INC
9898 SW TIGARD ST
TIGARD OR 97223
TK1262
MURPHY ELECTRONICS INC (DIST)
TK1302
MOUNTAIN MOLDING
606 SECOND STREET
BERTHOUD CO 80513
TK1416
SHARP CORP
22-22 NAGAIKE-CHO
ABENO-KU
OSAKA JAPAN
TK1465
BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO
1800 NW 216TH AVE
HILLSBORO OR 97124-6629
TK1499
AMLAN INC
97 THORNWOOD RD
STAMFORD CT 06903-2617
TK1547
MOORE ELECTRONICS INC (DIST)
19500 SW 90TH COURT
PO BOX 1030
TUALATIN OR 97062
TK1572
RAN-ROB INC
631 85TH AVE
OAKLAND CA 94621-1254
TK1617
CRAFT FACTORY PLASTICS
17145 SW ALEXANDER
ALOHA OR 97007
TK1719
NEDELCO BV (THOMAS & BETTS)
POSTBUS 6431
3002 AK ROTTERDAM THE
NETHERLANDS
TK1727
PHILIPS NEDERLAND BV
AFD ELONCO
POSTBUS 90050
5600 PB EINDHOVEN THE
NETHERLANDS
TK1869
ALPS
100 N CNTRE AVE
ROCKVILLE CENTRE NY 11570
TK1905
PUGET CORP OF OREGON
7440 S W BONITA
TIGARD OR 97223
TK1916
SKS DIE CASTING CO
2200 4TH
BERKELEY CA 94710-2215
TK1943
NEILSEN MANUFACTURING INC
3501 PORTLAND ROAD NE
SALEM OR 97303
TK1967
SYNDETEK
3915 E MAIN
SPOKANE WA 99202
TK2072
PRECISION DECORATORS INC
HAWTHORNE BUSINESS CENTER
5289 NE ELAM YOUNG PARKWAY
SUITE G400
HILLSBORO OR 97124
TK2105
QUALTEK ELECTRONICS CORP
FAN-S DIV
7158 INDUSTRIAL PARK BLVD
MENTOR OH 44060
TK2122
INDUSTRIAL GASKET INC
1623 SE 6TH AVE
PORTLAND OR 97214-3502
TK2338
ACC MATERIALS
ED SNYDER
BLDG 38-302
BEAVERTON OR 97077
TK2435
MEC IMEX INCORPORATED
6TH FLOOR 162 CHANG AN E ROAD
SEC 2
TAIPEI, TAIWAN ROC
TK2469
UNITREK CORPORATION
3000 LEWIS & CLARK WAY
SUITE #2
VANCOUVER WA 98601
0B445
ELECTRI-CORD MFG CO INC
312 EAST MAIN ST
WESTFIELD PA 16950
0JR05
TRIQUEST CORP
3000 LEWIS AND CLARK HWY
VANCOUVER WA 98661-2999
0J260
COMTEK MANUFACTURING OF OREGON
(METALS)
PO BOX 4200
BEAVERTON OR 97076-4200
10Ć4
#$$
%' %% " !
TOKYO JAPAN
#%$ $%
Replaceable Parts
CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr.
Code
Manufacturer
Address
City, State, Zip Code
0J9P9
GEROME MFG CO INC
PO BOX 737
NEWBERG OR 97132
0KB01
STAUFFER SUPPLY
810 SE SHERMAN
PORTLAND OR 97214
0KB05
NORTH STAR NAMEPLATE
1281-S NE 25TH
HILLSBORO OR 97124
00779
AMP INC
2800 FULLING MILL
PO BOX 3608
HARRISBURG PA 17105
06915
RICHCO PLASTIC CO
5825 N TRIPP AVE
CHICAGO IL 60646-6013
11897
PLASTIGLIDE MFG CORP
2701 W EL SEGUNDO BLVD
HAWTHORNE CA 90250-3318
18677
SCANBE MFG CO
DIV OF ZERO CORP
3445 FLETCHER AVE
EL MONTE CA 91731
2W944
PAPST MECHATRONIC CORP
AQUIDNECK INDUSTRIAL PK
NEWPORT RI 02840
23730
MARK EYELET AND STAMPING INC
63 WAKELEE RD
WOLCOTT CT 06716-2609
24931
SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC
2100 EARLYWOOD DR
PO BOX 547
FRANKLIN IN 46131
28520
HEYCO MOLDED PRODUCTS
750 BOULEVARD
P O BOX 160
KENILWORTH NJ 07033-1721
29870
VICTOR CORP
618 MAIN STREET
WEST WARWICK RI 02893
30010
BICC-VERO ELECTRONICS INC
40 LINDEMAN DR
TRUMBULL CT 06611-4739
5Y400
TRIAX METAL PRODUCTS INC
DIV OF BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO
1800 216TH AVE NW
HILLSBORO OR 97124-6629
50579
SIEMENS COMPONENTS INC
OPTOELECTRONICS DIV
19000 HOMESTEAD RD
CUPERTINO CA 95014-0712
52814
TECH-ETCH INC
45 ALDRIN RD
PLYMOUTH MA 02360
53387
MINNESOTA MINING MFG CO
PO BOX 2963
AUSTIN TX 78769-2963
61058
MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF
AMERICA
PANASONIC INDUSTRIAL CO DIV
ONE PANASONIC WAY
PO BOX 1502
SECAUCUS NJ 07094-2917
61857
SAN-0 INDUSTRIAL CORP
85 ORVILLE DR
PO BOX 511
BOHEMIA LONG ISLAND NY
11716-2501
66302
VLSI TECHNOLOGY INC
1109 MCKAY DR
SAN JOSE CA 95131-1706
71400
BUSSMANN
DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC
114 OLD STATE RD
PO BOX 14460
ST LOUIS MO 63178
75915
LITTELFUSE INC
SUB TRACOR INC
800 E NORTHWEST HWY
DES PLAINES IL 60016-3049
78189
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC
SHAKEPROOF DIV
ST CHARLES ROAD
ELGIN IL 60120
80009
TEKTRONIX INC
14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR
PO BOX 500
BEAVERTON OR 97077-0001
83385
MICRODOT MFG INC
GREER-CENTRAL DIV
3221 W BIG BEAVER RD
TROY MI 48098
83486
ELCO INDUSTRIES INC
1101 SAMUELSON RD
ROCKFORD IL 61101
83553
ASSOCIATED SPRING BARNES GROUP
INC
15001 S BROADWAY
P O BOX 231
GARDENA CA 90248-1819
85480
BRADY W H CO
CORP H Q
INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS DIV
2221 W CAMDEN RD
PO BOX 2131
MILWAUKEE WI 53209
93907
TEXTRON INC
CAMCAR DIV
600 18TH AVE
ROCKFORD IL 61108-5181
CSA 803C Service Manual
10Ć5
&" " ')(
$ +
%
!)'%$ +
')%
' " %
) * (%$)
'
%
' ') %
!"$ "! #$
"
"" ) #
"")
' !
$
"" ) #
#"'
(
#$
"" ) #
#"'
( ! #$
#"'
" #$ $ #
$
"" ) #
#"'
(
! #$
"" ) #
$" "$&#$ $ "$
" #$"$ #
$
"" ) #
# # $ " $)!
$
"" ) #
!
!#$
$
"" ) #
#"## '#"
( ! #$ $
"" ) #
! ##)#"'#!" '#"
"" ) #
#$ ! !" $
"
!" #! #$
& $ '" % ! $
&" $$ ! $
),
# (' &) %$
10Ć6
$ $ $$ %! )"
$
( (
!%
$
$
"" ) #
"" ) #
"" ) #
$ " ')( ()
# "
!
10Ć7
&" " ')(
$ +
%
!)'%$ +
')%
10-2-1
' " %
) * (%$)
'
%
),
# (' &) %$
' ') %
614-0941-00
1
SUBPANEL ASSY:CSA803C
(SEE A9,EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
614094100
-2
386-5806-00
1
FRAME,LENS:TOUCH PANEL
0JR05
ORDER BY DESC
-3
--------
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:TOUCH PANEL
(NOT REPL, ORDER 614-0917-XX)
-4
366-0600-01
7
PUSH BUTTON:0.269 X 0.409 ABS
TK1163
ORDER BY DESC
-5
211-0372-00
4
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312,PNH,STL
93907
B80-00020-003
-6
211-0722-00
4
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-7
386-5268-07
1
SUBPANEL,FRONT:FINISHED
TK1916
386-5268-07
-8
211-0721-00
1
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-9
381-0469-00
2
BAR,SUPPORT:CRT
5Y400
ORDER BY DESC
-10
211-0711-00
4
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL,T15
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-11
131-1688-00
1
TERM,QIK DISC.:0.250 SPADE,STUD MT;MALE
00779
42822-4
-12
154-0946-00
1
ELECTRON TUBE:CRT,COLOR
(V130)
S0482
09FXES-C1
-13
210-0006-00
1
WASHER,LOCK:#6 INTL,0.018 THK,STL
78189
1206-00-00-0541
-14
211-0718-00
5
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312,FLH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-15
311-2320-00
2
ENCODER,DIGITAL:INCREMENTAL,50PPR
TK1869
EC24B50000FB
-16
671-1130-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:FRONT PANEL BUTTON
(SEE A11, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671113000
-17
348-1075-00
2
SHLD GSKT,ELEK:SOLID TYPE,1.66 L
52814
ORDER BY DESC
-18
211-0410-00
2
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.437,PNH,STL,T10
93907
829-07510-024
-19
260-2275-00
343-0549-00
1
1
SWITCH,ROCKER:SPST,30MA,12V
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:0.098 W X 4.0 L,ZYTEL
TK1262
TK1499
MEO1O-D
HW-047
-20
333-3418-00
1
PANEL,FRONT:11801,UPPER
TK2072
ORDER BY DESC
-21
150-0121-12
1
LAMP,CARTRIDGE:5V,0.064,GREEN LENS 4.5L
80009
150012112
-22
210-0586-00
11
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
TK0435
ORDER BY DESC
-23
348-1076-00
1
SHLD GSKT,ELEK:SOLID TYPE,2.28 L
52814
ORDER BY DESC
-24
210-0465-00
1
NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.25-32 X 0.375,BRS
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-25
210-0223-01
315-0105-00
1
1
TERMINAL,LUG:0.26 ID,LOCKING,BRS TINNED
RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.25W
(R89)
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-26
348-0878-00
1
SHLD GSKT,ELEK:SOLID TYPE,7.646 L
52814
ORDER BY DESC
-27
103-0269-00
131-6337-00
3
1
ADAPTER,CONN:SMA TO PELTOLA
ADAPTER,CONN;PRESCALER
24931
24931
39JR198-1
39AS1100
-28
333-3920-01
1
PANEL,FRONT:CSA803C,LOWER
0KB05
333-3920-01
-29
210-0895-00
1
WASHER,SHLDR:0.255 X 0.375 X 0.105 THK,NYL
TK1617
NA
-30
136-0140-00
1
JACK,TIP:BANANA,CHARCOAL GRAY
TK1617
136-0140-00
-31
220-0052-00
2
NUT,PLAIN,HEX:M9 X 0.75
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-32
384-1682-02
2
SHAFT,EXTENSION:1.833 L,ALUMINUM
80009
384168202
-33
366-0600-00
4
PUSH BUTTON:0.269 X 0.409,ABS
TK1163
ORDER BY DESC
-34
131-4763-00
1
CONTACT,ELEC:GROUND,CU BE
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
-35
211-0711-00
1
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL,T15
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-36
211-0378-00
1
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.375.PNH,STL,T9
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
10Ć8
$ " ')( ()
Replaceable Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
Serial No.
Effective Dscont
Qty
12345 Name & Description
Mfr.
Code
" #
! %
" #
Mfr. Part No.
$
$
$
$
10
11
9
A11
12
8
13
14
15
16
7
6
5
A9
3
4
1
18
17
2
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
22
41
22
40
33
34
39
35
38
37
32
31
30
26
29
36
27
28
Figure 10Ć2:ăFront Panel
CSA 803C Service Manual
10Ć9
Replaceable Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
10-3-1
Serial No.
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
Qty
12345 Name & Description
Mfr. Part No.
200-3690-01
1
COVER,HIGH VOLT:ALUMINUM
-2
211-0722-00
8
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-3
407-3438-02
1
BRACKET,CHASSIS:ALUMINUM
TK1943
ORDER BY DESC
-4
351-0746-00
2
GUIDE,CKT BOARD:NYLON 6.803 L
0JR05
ORDER BY DESC
-5
211-0718-00
14
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312,FLH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-6
351-0746-00
1
GUIDE,CKT BOARD:NYLON 6.803 L
0JR05
ORDER BY DESC
-7
671-0013-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:REAR PANEL
(SEE A12, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671001300
-8
211-0721-00
8
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-9
129-1085-00
2
SPACER,POST:0.25 L,4-40,BRS,0.25 HEX
TK0588
129-1085-00
-10
211-0410-00
2
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.437,PNH,STL,T10
93907
829-07510-024
-11
214-2476-01
2
HDW ASSY KIT:BAIL LOCK,ELEC CONN RCPT
53387
3475-4
-12
214-3106-00
2
HARDWARE KIT:JACK SOCKET
53387
3341-1S
-13
211-0411-00
1
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.5,PNH,STL,T10
93907
ORDER BY DESC
-14
386-5369-03
1
PLATE,CONNECTOR:STD,ALUMINUM
TK1465
386-5369-03
-15
255-0334-00
1
PLASTIC CHANNEL:12.75 X 0.175 X 0.155,NYLON
11897
122-NN-2500-060
-16
211-0711-00
5
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL,T15
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-17
386-5269-02
1
SUBPANEL,REAR:PLATED
TK1916
ORDER BY DESC
-18
386-5283-00
2
SUPPORT,CHASSIS:POWER SUPPLY,POLYCARB
0JR05
ORDER BY DESC
-19
343-0081-00
1
STRAP,RETAINING:0.125 DIA,NYLON
85480
CPNY-172BK
-20
210-0007-00
174-1406-00
1
1
WASHER,LOCK:#8 EXT,0.02 THK,STL
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:18,AWG,6.0 L
0KB01
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
ORDER BY DESC
-21
214-4082-00
2
PIN,GUIDE:0.850 L,METAL
TK0588
214-4082-00
-22
351-0744-00
2
GUIDE,PLUG-IN:POLYAMIDE
TK1163
ORDER BY DESC
-23
610-0750-00
407-4028-00
1
1
CHASSIS ASSY:
BRACKET,SUPPORT:
TK1943
0J9P9
ORDER BY DESC
ORDER BY DESC
-24
119-4589-00
1
DELAY LINE,ELEC:COAXIAL,;24NS MATCHED
80009
119458900
-25
348-0532-00
1
GROMMET,PLASTIC:BLACK,ROUND,0.625 ID
28520
2096
-26
348-0253-00
1
GROMMET,PLASTIC:BLACK,OBLONG
0JR05
ORDER BY DESC
-27
210-0457-00
3
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL
TK0435
ORDER BY DESC
-28
343-0040-00
1
CLAMP,COIL:
80009
343004000
-29
211-0720-00
3
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.50,PNH,STL,T15
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-30
346-0143-00
1
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:14.5 X 0.14,PLASTIC
TK1719
TY244M
-31
108-1462-00
2
COIL,RF:FXD
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
-32
343-0085-00
2
CLAMP,LOOP:0.312 DIA,NYLON
06915
N5-01
-33
351-0765-00
12
GUIDE,CKT BOARD:NYLON
30010
29-0124D
-34
386-1559-00
1
SPACER,CKT BD:0.47 H,ACETAL
80009
386155900
-35
--------
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CRT SOCKET;
(NOT REPL, ORDER 672-1372-XX)
-36
200-3708-00
1
COVER,CKT BOARD:
TK1943
ORDER BY DESC
-37
670-8847-01
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:FRONT PANEL CONTROL
80009
670884701
-38
407-3840-00
1
BRACKET,SUPPORT:
TK1943
ORDER BY DESC
CHASSIS, REAR
10Ć10
80009
200369001
Mechanical Parts List
Replaceable Parts
1
2
3
A12
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5
11
5
29
38
A10
12
37
16
33
13
16
36
32
A7
14
35
5
34
15
33
16
31
2
30
2
29
18
17
19
28
20
27
21
26
2
2
25
24
2
22
23
Figure 10Ć3:ăChassis, Rear
CSA 803C Service Manual
10Ć11
Replaceable Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
10-4-1
Serial No.
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
Qty
12345 Name & Description
Mfr. Part No.
146-0055-00
2
BATTERY,DRY:3.0V,1200 MAH,LITHIUM
(BT130, BT150)
61058
BR-2/3A-E2P
-2
159-0245-00
4
FUSE,WIRE LEAD:1A,125V,FAST
(F200, F600, F602, F800)
71400
TR/MCR-1
-3
156-3821-00
1
IC,PROCESSOR:NMOS,PERIPHERAL
(U800)
50579
SAB82258A-1N
-4
156-2622-00
1
IC,ASIC:HMOS,SEMI CUSTOM,STANDARD CELL
(U330)
66302
VF4157RC CC0001
-5
671-1129-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MOTHER
(SEE A13, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671112900
-6
211-0722-00
1
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-7
670-9655-01
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:REGULATOR
(SEE A4, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670965501
-8
159-0220-00
1
FUSE,WIRE LEAD:3A,125V,FAST
(F430)
61857
SP5-3A
CIRCUIT BOARDS
-9
211-0721-00
2
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-10
211-0408-00
5
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,T10
93907
829-06815-024
-11
670-9640-00
1
CIRCUIT BOARD:M/F POWER CONNECT
(SEE A3, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670964000
-12
211-0711-00
19
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL,T15
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-13
670-9365-06
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:M/F STROBE DRIVER
(SEE A1, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670936506
-14
672-0383-00
1
672038300
672-0384-00
1
CKT BD ASSY:TIMEBASE CONT W/PRESCALER
80009
(SEE A5, EXCHANGE ITEM)
CKT BD ASSY:TIMEBASE CONT W/O PRESCALER 80009
(SEE A5 OPTION 10, EXCHANGE ITEM)
-15
671-4471-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CALIBRATOR
(SEE A6, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671447100
-16
672-1372-01
1
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CRT DRIVER
(SEE A8, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
672137201
-17
159-0235-00
1
FUSE,WIRE LEAD:0.75A,125V,FAST
(F330)
71400
TR/MCR 3/4
-18
407-3824-00
1
BRACKET,SUPPORT:HV XFMR,0.062 ALUMINUM
5Y400
ORDER BY DESC
-19
213-0992-00
1
SCREW,TPG,TF:4-24 X 0.375,PNH,STL
93907
B80-70000-003
-20
671-1023-02
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MEMORY MANAGEMENT UNIT
(SEE A15, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671102302
-21
670-8854-04
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INPUT/OUTPUT
(SEE A14, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670885404
-22
671-1890-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:MEMORY
(SEE A18, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671189000
-23
671-2888-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:EXECUTIVE PROCESSOR
(SEE A17, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671288800
10Ć12
672038400
Mechanical Parts List
Replaceable Parts
4
3
2
1
A13
5
A4
1
6
7
8
9
23
A17 22
A18
21
A14
20
A15
12
19
18
12
17
10
A3
11
A8
16
12
12
A6
13
15
A1
14
A5
12
12
Figure 10Ć4:ăCircuit Boards
CSA 803C Service Manual
10Ć13
'# # (*)
!
% ,
&
"*(&%!,
(*&
(!# &
*!+ )&%*
*-
$ )(!'*!&%
(
&
( (* &
(SEE MAINT SECTION FOR CABLING DIAGRAM)
10Ć14
174-0562-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:10,18 AWG,9.0 L
(FROM A4J66 TO A2A2J66)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-0563-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:8,18 AWG,8.0 L
(FROM A4J64 TO A2A2J64)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-0576-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG,10.3 L,RIBBON
(FROM A26J10 TO A1J10)
TK1547
ORDER BY DESC
174-0577-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:16,28 AWG,7.5 L,RIBBON
(FROM A19J34 TO A1J34)
TK1547
ORDER BY DESC
174-0580-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG,14.0 L,RIBBON
(FROM A18J83 TO A5J83)
TK1547
ORDER BY DESC
174-0609-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,11.0 L,9-0-5
(FROM A1J35 TO A5J35)
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-0616-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,30.0 L,9-8
(FROM A1J28 TO FRONT PANEL J28)
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-3076-00
1
CA ASSY,RF:COAXIAL,RFD,50 OHM,0.10 D,6.5 L
(FROM A5J32 TO A19J32)
80009
174307600
174-0623-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,6.0 L,9-0
(FROM A19J30A TO A5J30B)
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-0624-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,6.0 L,9-N
(FROM A19J29A TO A5J29B)
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-0625-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,17.5 L,9-3
(FROM A19J33B TO A1J33B)
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-1565-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,30.0 L,9-7
(FROM A1J27 TO A6J27)
80009
174156500
174-0827-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,17.5 L,9-03
(FROM A1J33A TO A19J33A)
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-1557-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:8,22 AWG,(4)12.5 L,(4)11.125 L
(FROM A10J74 TO ENCODERS S74 AND S75)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-1559-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:8,26 AWG,12.0 L
(FROM A7J56 TO A8J56)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-1560-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:4,26 AWG,21.0 L,RIBBON
(FROM A4J57 TO A8J57)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-1561-00
1
CA ASSY,SP:RIBBON,;CPR,3,26 AWG,9.0 L
(FROM A8J52 TO A15J52)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-1743-00
1
CA ASSY,PWR:DESCRETE,;PSC,4,18 AWG,18.5 L
(FROM A2A2J63 TO A13J63A)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
174-1744-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG
(FROM A10J72 TO A14J72)
TK1547
ORDER BY DESC
174-3781-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,8.76 L,SEMIĆRIGID TK2338
(FROM A5J88 TO FRONT PANEL J88)
174-3781-00
174-2031-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,6.5 L,W/BLUE JKT TK2338
(FROM A5J87 TO FRONT PANEL J87)
174-2031-00
175-1726-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG,3.0 L
(FROM A5J18 TO A1J18)
TK1547
ORDER BY DESC
175-9814-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:34,3.0 L
(FROM A14J77 TO A17J77)
TK1547
ORDER BY DESC
175-9857-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:11,18 AWG,7.25 L,RIBBON
(FROM A4J62 TO A2A2J62)
TK1967
ORDER BY DESC
%!# (*) !)*
Replaceable Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
Serial No.
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
Qty
12345 Name & Description
Mfr. Part No.
657-0089-00
1
MODULAR ASSY:ACQUISITION MODULE
(EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
657008900
670-9364-05
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:ACQUISITION ANALOG
(SEE A27, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670936405
-2
670-9363-01
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:ACQUISITION MPU
(SEE A28, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670936301
-3
426-2167-00
1
FRAME SECT,CAB.:MODULE
TK1465
426-2167-00
-4
351-0784-00
3
GUIDE,CKT BD:UPPER,PP,7.0 L
TK1905
ORDER BY DESC
-5
211-0392-00
6
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,FLH,STL,T-8
93907
ORDER BY DESC
-6
426-2168-00
1
FRAME SECT,CAB.:MODULE
TK1465
426-2168-00
-7
131-1247-00
1
TERM,QIK DISC.:0.187 X 0.02 BLADE,45 DEG
00779
61664-1
-8
213-0904-00
8
SCREW,TPG,TR:6-32 X 0.5,PNH,STL
83385
ORDER BY DESC
ACQUISITION MODULE
10-5-1
-9
351-0761-00
1
GUIDE,CKT BD:PLASTIC,2.5 L
18677
11633-1
-10
386-5535-00
1
PLATE,REAR:ALUMINUM
TK1943
ORDER BY DESC
-11
671-2909-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:STROBE TDR BUFFER
(SEE A19, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
671290900
-12
211-0409-00
9
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312,PNH,STL,T10
93907
829-06888-024
-13
670-9361-00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:M/F ACQUISITION INTCON
(SEE A26, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
670936100
-14
407-3562-00
1
BRACKET,CKT BD:MODULE
DISCONNECT,ALUMINUM
TK1943
ORDER BY DESC
-15
426-2166-00
1
FRAME SECT,CAB.:MODULE
80009
426216600
-16
386-5687-00
1
SUPPORT,CKT BD:PLASTIC
TK1163
ORDER BY DESC
-17
211-0718-00
12
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312,FLH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
-18
381-0452-00
2
BAR,LOCKING MDL:
5Y400
ORDER BY DESC
-19
426-2165-00
1
FRAME SECT,CAB.:MODULE
TK1465
426-2165-00
-20
384-1756-00
1
ROD,LOCKING:0.25,SST
TK0588
384-1756-00
-21
670-9366-02
4
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HEAD INTERCONNECT
(SEE A20,A21,A22,A23, EXCHANGE ITEMS)
80009
670936602
-22
210-0458-00
4
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:8-32 X 0.344,STL
0KB01
210-0458-00
-23
136-0864-00
2
SOCKET,PGA::PCB,;114 POS,13 X 13,0.1 CTR
23730
MP11411211DL
-24
211-0372-00
4
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312,PNH,STL
93907
B80-00020-003
-25
348-0235-00
2
SHLD GSKT,ELEK:FINGER TYPE,4.734 L
TK1465
348-0235-00
-26
355-0259-00
4
STUD,LOCKING:0.850 X 0.188 HEX,SST
TK0588
ORDER BY DESC
-27
333-3815-00
1
PANEL,FRONT:
0KB05
333-3815-00
-28
351-0786-00
4
GUIDE,PLUG-IN:PC,3.167 L
TK1302
ORDER BY DESC
-29
386-5475-00
1
SUBPANEL,FRONT:7.94 X 4.988,AL
TK1943
386-5475-00
CSA 803C Service Manual
10Ć15
Replaceable Parts
A27
A28
A20
A21
A22
A23
A19
A26
Figure 10Ć5:ăAcquisition Module
10Ć16
Mechanical Parts List
($ $ )+*
"!
& .
'
#+)'&".
)+'
)"$ '
+"- * '&+
+/
% * )"(+"'&
)
'
) )+ '
(SEE MAINT SECTION FOR CABLING DIAGRAM)
174-0626-01
4
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,16.5 L,9-6
(FROM A19J1C TO A20J1C)
(FROM A19J2C TO A21J2C)
(FROM A19J3C TO A22J3C)
(FROM A19J4C TO A23J4C)
TK2338
174-0626-01
174-0627-01
4
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,15.0 L,9-5
(FROM A19J1A TO A20J1A)
(FROM A19J2A TO A21J2A)
(FROM A19J3A TO A22J3A)
(FROM A19J4A TO A23J4A)
TK2338
174-0627-01
174-0630-01
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,8.2 L,9-3
(FROM A19J3B TO A22J3B)
TK2338
174-0630-01
174-0631-01
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,5.8 L,9-4
(FROM A19J4B TO A23J4B)
TK2338
174-0631-01
343-0549-00
4
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:0.098 W X 4.0 L,ZYTEL
TK1499
HW-047
)-" &,$
10Ć17
Replaceable Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
10-6-1
Serial No.
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
Qty
12345 Name & Description
Mfr. Part No.
620-0022-09
1
POWER SUPPLY:
(SEE A2, EXCHANGE ITEM)
80009
620002209
-2
200-2222-00
1
GUARD,FAN:
TK2105
08213
-3
211-0744-00
4
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 2.0,PNH,TORX,STL
TK0435
ORDER BY DESC
-4
200-2264-00
1
CAP,FUSEHOLDER:3AG FUSES
S3629
FEK 031 1666
-5
159-0013-00
1
75915
312006
159-0021-00
1
71400
AGC-2
159-0248-00
1
71400
TR/MCR-1 1/2
159-0220-00
1
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,6A,250V,FAST BLOW
(F99, USED IN FUSE HOLDER)
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,2A,250V,FAST BLOW
(F410, PART OF LINE INVERTER BOARD)
FUSE,WIRE LEAD:1.5 A
(F650, PART OF LINE INVERTER BOARD)
FUSE,WIRE LEAD:3A,125V,FAST
(F740, PART OF CONTROL RECTIFIER BOARD)
61857
SP5-3A
-6
407-3362-00
1
BRACKET,FAN:0.050 5005 H-34
5Y400
ORDER BY DESC
-7
204-0832-00
1
BODY,FUSEHOLDER:3AG & 5 X 20MM FUSES
S3629
031 1673
-8
119-1725-01
1
FAN,TUBEAXIAL:8 14.5VDC,6W,3200RPM,106CFM
2W944
4112 KX
-9
211-0722-00
8
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.25,PNH,STL
0KB01
ORDER BY DESC
POWER SUPPLY
3
2
A2
1
4
6
5
7
8
9
Figure 10Ć6:ăPower Supply
10Ć18
Mechanical Parts List
Replaceable Parts
Fig. &
Index
No.
Tektronix
Part No.
10-7-1
Serial No.
Effective Dscont
Mfr.
Code
Qty
12345 Name & Description
Mfr. Part No.
161-0066-00
1
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,18AWG,98 L
0B445
ECM-161-0066-00
-2
161-0154-00
1
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,1.00MM SQ,250V,10A,2.5M
(OPTION A5 ONLY)
S3109
12-H05VVF3G 00
-3
161-0066-12
1
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,18 AWG,98 L
(OPTION A4 ONLY)
29870
ORDER BY DESC
-4
161-0066-11
1
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,1.00MM SQ,250V,10A,2.5M
(OPTION A3 ONLY)
S3109
198-000
-5
161-0066-10
1
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,0.1MM SQ,250VOLT,2.5 M
(OPTION A2 ONLY)
S3109
BS/13-H05VVF3G0
-6
161-0066-09
1
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,0.75MM SQ,220V,99.0 L
(OPTION A1 ONLY)
S3109
86511000
174-1120-00
2
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,8.5 L
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
174-1364-00
1
CABLE ASSY,RF:12.0 L,0-N
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
006-3415-04
1
STRAP,WRIST:3M TYPE 2214,ADJUSTABLE,6 FT
TK0623
400 1829
070-9970-00
1
MANUAL,TECH:PROGRAMMER,11801C/CSA803C 80009
070997000
070-9973-00
1
MANUAL,TECH:USER,CSA803C
80009
070997300
070-9974-00
1
MANUAL,TECH:SERVICE,CSA803C
80009
070997400
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
012-0555-00
1
CABLE,INTCON:CENTRONIX,3 METERS LON
TK1416
DKIT-0034HCZZ
012-0911-00
1
CABLE,INTCON:MOLDED,RS232;10 FT
TK2435
ORDER BY DESC
012-0991-00
1
CABLE,COMPOSITE:IDC,GPIB:2 METER,24 COND 00779
012-0991-01
1
CABLE,GPIB:LOW EMI,1 METER
00779
553577-2
012-1220-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:1 METER LONG
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
012-1221-00
1
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:2 METER LONG
TK2469
ORDER BY DESC
200-3395-00
1
COV,SMPLG HEAD:SNAP-IN
TK1163
ORDER BY DESC
CSA 803C Service Manual
553577-3
10Ć19
Replaceable Parts
1
2
6
5
3
4
Figure 10Ć7:ăAccessories
10Ć20
Mechanical Parts List
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.2 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Copy, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Page Count : 280 Page Mode : UseOutlines XMP Toolkit : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-14, framework 1.6 About : uuid:9fe63aa2-e4cf-4fa0-b8c0-ae75664e2401 Producer : Acrobat Distiller Daemon 3.02b for Solaris 2.3 and later (SPARC) Modify Date : 2005:06:10 16:15:52-05:00 Create Date : 1999:04:20 12:37:38Z Creator Tool : Interleaf, Inc. Metadata Date : 2005:06:10 16:15:52-05:00 Document ID : uuid:63dab528-64ff-461f-b1f4-76b3d7a387b2 Format : application/pdf Title : Document: Creator : alany Author : alanyEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools